Documente Academic
Documente Profesional
Documente Cultură
EC
A
EC
SECTION
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM C
E
CONTENTS
HR16DE ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ..............51 F
ECM Terminal and Reference Value .......................51
SERVICE INFORMATION ........................... 14 CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) ...........................58
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor G
INDEX FOR DTC ................................................14 Mode ........................................................................62
DTC No. Index ........................................................ 14
Alphabetical Index ................................................... 15 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION
VALUE ............................................................... 65 H
PRECAUTIONS ..................................................17 Description ...............................................................65
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System Testing Condition .....................................................65
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- Inspection Procedure ...............................................65 I
SIONER" ................................................................. 17 Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................66
Precaution for SRS "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" Service .................................... 17 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine ........ 17 J
INCIDENT .......................................................... 73
Precaution ............................................................... 18 Description ...............................................................73
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................73
PREPARATION ..................................................21 K
Special Service Tool ............................................... 21 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 74
Commercial Service Tool ........................................ 21 Wiring Diagram ........................................................74
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................74 L
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ............................23 Ground Inspection ...................................................77
Schematic ............................................................... 23
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ......24 M
LINE ................................................................... 79
Introduction ............................................................. 24
Description ...............................................................79
Two Trip Detection Logic ........................................ 24
On Board Diagnosis Logic .......................................79
Emission-related Diagnostic Information ................. 24
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................79 N
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ........................28 Wiring Diagram ........................................................80
Basic Inspection ...................................................... 28
DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION ............... 81
Procedure After Replacing ECM ............................. 31 O
Description ...............................................................81
Fuel Pressure Check ............................................... 32
On Board Diagnosis Logic .......................................81
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .....................................33 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................81
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................... 33 P
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL ............................... 82
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................. 37
Description ...............................................................82
Fail-Safe Chart ........................................................ 38
On Board Diagnosis Logic .......................................82
Symptom Matrix Chart ............................................ 39
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................83
Engine Control Component Parts Location ............. 43
Overall Function Check ...........................................83
Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................... 48
Wiring Diagram - ECM - .......................................... 49 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ................... 85
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR .................. 133 PREPARATION ............................................... 158
Component Description ......................................... 133 Special Service Tool .............................................. 158 E
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 133 Commercial Service Tool ...................................... 159
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 133
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 134 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ........................ 160 F
Schematic .............................................................. 160
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR .................. 135 Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System .................... 160
Component Description ......................................... 135 Electronic Ignition (EI) System .............................. 163
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 135 Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine G
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 135 Speed) ................................................................... 163
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 136
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ............ 165 H
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR ................................. 137 Input/Output Signal Chart ...................................... 165
Component Description ......................................... 137 System Description ................................................ 165
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 137
CAN COMMUNICATION ................................. 166 I
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 137
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 138 System Description ................................................ 166
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR ............................... 139 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ............. 167 J
Component Description ......................................... 139 Description ............................................................. 167
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 139 Component Inspection ........................................... 169
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 139 NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM) ........ 171 K
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 140 Description ............................................................. 171
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ........... 141 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ....... 172
Component Description ......................................... 141 L
Description ............................................................. 172
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 142 Component Inspection ........................................... 172
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 143
Removal and Installation ....................................... 145 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .. 174 M
Introduction ............................................................ 174
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS Two Trip Detection Logic ....................................... 174
(SDS) ................................................................ 146 Emission-related Diagnostic Information ............... 175
Fuel Pressure ........................................................ 146 N
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) .......................... 184
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing .............................. 146 OBD System Operation Chart ............................... 187
Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 146
Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 146 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ..................... 193 O
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor .................... 146 Basic Inspection .................................................... 193
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater .......................... 146 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check ................... 197
Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater ........................... 146 Procedure After Replacing ECM ........................... 198 P
Throttle Control Motor ........................................... 146 Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning ..... 199
Fuel Injector .......................................................... 147 Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning ............... 199
Fuel Pump ............................................................. 147 Idle Air Volume Learning ....................................... 199
MR18DE Fuel Pressure Check ............................................. 201
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR .............. 505 WRITE FUEL LEARNING VALUE .......................... 519
Wiring Diagram ......................................................505 WRITE FUEL LEARNING VALUE : Description ... 519
WRITE FUEL LEARNING VALUE : Special Re-
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS pair Requirement .................................................. 519
(SDS) ................................................................ 507
Fuel Pressure ........................................................507 FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS ........................... 521
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ..............................507
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .......................... 521
Calculated Load Value ..........................................507
System Diagram ................................................... 521
Mass Air Flow Sensor ............................................507
System Description ............................................... 522
Intake Air Temperature Sensor .............................507
Component Parts Location .................................. 522
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ....................507
Component Description ........................................ 527
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater ..........................507
Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater ...........................508 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM ....... 529
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ........................508 System Diagram ................................................... 529
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) .....................508 System Description ............................................... 529
Throttle Control Motor ............................................508 Component Parts Location .................................. 532
Fuel Injector ...........................................................508 Component Description ........................................ 537
Fuel Pump .............................................................508
MR18DE (FFV) ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM ....................... 539
System Diagram ................................................... 539
BASIC INSPECTION .................................. 509 System Description ............................................... 539
Component Parts Location .................................. 540
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ....... 509 Component Description ........................................ 545
Work Flow ..............................................................509
Diagnostic Work Sheet ..........................................511 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ............. 546
System Diagram ................................................... 546
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT ................. 513 System Description ............................................... 546
Component Parts Location .................................. 547
BASIC INSPECTION ................................................513
Component Description ........................................ 552
BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Require-
ment .......................................................................513 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING (ASCD) .............................................................. 553
CONTROL UNIT .......................................................515 System Diagram ................................................... 553
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING System Description ............................................... 553
CONTROL UNIT : Description ...............................516 Component Parts Location .................................. 555
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING Component Description ........................................ 560
CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement ....516
CAN COMMUNICATION .................................. 561
IDLE SPEED ............................................................516 System Description ............................................... 561
IDLE SPEED : Description ....................................516
IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement .........516
COOLING FAN CONTROL .............................. 562
System Diagram ................................................... 562
System Description ............................................... 562
Revision: June 2010 EC-8 2011 Tiida GOM
Component Parts Location .................................. 564 P0036, P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER ......... 630
Component Description ......................................... 569 Description ............................................................. 630 A
DTC Logic .............................................................. 630
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM .............. 570 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 631
System Diagram .................................................... 570 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 632
System Description ............................................... 571 EC
Component Inspection ........................................... 633
Component Parts Location .................................. 572
Component Description ........................................ 577 P0053 HO2S1 HEATER .................................. 634
Description ............................................................. 634 C
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL ............... 578 DTC Logic .............................................................. 634
System Diagram .................................................... 578 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 635
System Description ............................................... 578 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 635 D
Component Parts Location .................................. 579 Component Inspection ........................................... 637
Component Description ......................................... 584
P0054 HO2S2 HEATER .................................. 638
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .... 585 Description ............................................................. 638 E
Diagnosis Description ........................................... 585 DTC Logic .............................................................. 638
CONSULT-III Function .......................................... 598 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 639
Diagnosis Tool Function ...................................... 604 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 639 F
Component Inspection ........................................... 641
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 606
P0101 MAF SENSOR ..................................... 642
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION G
Description ............................................................. 642
VALUE .............................................................. 606 DTC Logic .............................................................. 642
Description ............................................................ 606
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 643
Component Function Check .................................. 606 H
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 643
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 607
Component Inspection ........................................... 645
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ......................... 648
INCIDENT ......................................................... 614 I
Description ............................................................. 648
Description ............................................................ 614 DTC Logic .............................................................. 648
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 614 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 649
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 649 J
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 615
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 615 Component Inspection ........................................... 651
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 615 P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ........................... 654
Ground Inspection ................................................. 618 K
Description ............................................................. 654
U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT .............. 620 DTC Logic .............................................................. 654
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 655
Description ............................................................ 620 L
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 655
DTC Logic ............................................................. 620
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 621 Component Inspection ........................................... 656
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 621 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 658 M
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ........................ 622 Description ............................................................. 658
DTC Logic .............................................................. 658
Description ............................................................ 622
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 659
DTC Logic ............................................................. 622 N
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 659
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 622
Component Inspection ........................................... 660
P0011 IVT CONTROL ...................................... 623
DTC Logic ............................................................. 623
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................ 662 O
Description ............................................................. 662
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 624
DTC Logic .............................................................. 662
Component Inspection .......................................... 625
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 663 P
P0030, P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER .......... 626 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 663
Description ............................................................ 626 Component Inspection ........................................... 665
DTC Logic ............................................................. 626 Special Repair Requirement .................................. 666
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 627
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 627
P0125 ECT SENSOR ...................................... 667
Description ............................................................. 667
Component Inspection .......................................... 629
DTC Logic .............................................................. 667
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 668
Revision: June 2010 EC-9 2011 Tiida GOM
Component Inspection ...........................................668 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 720
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 720
P0130 HO2S1 .................................................. 669 Component Inspection .......................................... 722
Description .............................................................669
DTC Logic ..............................................................669 P0201, P0261, P0262 FUEL INJECTOR ......... 724
Wiring Diagram ......................................................671 Description ............................................................ 724
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................671 DTC Logic ............................................................. 724
Component Inspection ...........................................673 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 725
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 725
P0131 HO2S1 .................................................. 675 Component Inspection .......................................... 726
Description .............................................................675
DTC Logic ..............................................................675 P0202, P0264, P0265 FUEL INJECTOR ......... 728
Wiring Diagram ......................................................677 Description ............................................................ 728
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................677 DTC Logic ............................................................. 728
Component Inspection ...........................................679 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 729
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 729
P0132 HO2S1 .................................................. 681 Component Inspection .......................................... 730
Description .............................................................681
DTC Logic ..............................................................681 P0203, P0267, P0268 FUEL INJECTOR ......... 732
Wiring Diagram ......................................................683 Description ............................................................ 732
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................683 DTC Logic ............................................................. 732
Component Inspection ...........................................685 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 733
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 733
P0133 HO2S1 .................................................. 687 Component Inspection .......................................... 734
Description .............................................................687
DTC Logic ..............................................................687 P0204, P0270, P0271 FUEL INJECTOR ......... 736
Wiring Diagram ......................................................690 Description ............................................................ 736
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................690 DTC Logic ............................................................. 736
Component Inspection ...........................................692 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 737
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 737
P0134 HO2S1 .................................................. 695 Component Inspection .......................................... 738
Description .............................................................695
DTC Logic ..............................................................695 P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR .............................. 740
Wiring Diagram ......................................................697 Description ............................................................ 740
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................697 DTC Logic ............................................................. 740
Component Inspection ...........................................699 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 741
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 741
P0136 HO2S2 .................................................. 701 Component Inspection .......................................... 743
Description .............................................................701 Special Repair Requirement ................................. 744
DTC Logic ..............................................................701
Wiring Diagram ......................................................702 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MIS-
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................702 FIRE .................................................................. 745
Component Inspection ...........................................704 DTC Logic ............................................................. 745
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 746
P0137 HO2S2 .................................................. 707
Description .............................................................707 P0327 KS .......................................................... 750
DTC Logic ..............................................................707 Description ............................................................ 750
Wiring Diagram ......................................................708 DTC Logic ............................................................. 750
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................708 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 751
Component Inspection ...........................................710 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 751
Component Inspection .......................................... 752
P0138 HO2S2 .................................................. 713
Description .............................................................713 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ............................ 753
DTC Logic ..............................................................713 Description ............................................................ 753
Wiring Diagram ......................................................714 DTC Logic ............................................................. 753
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................714 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 754
Component Inspection ...........................................716 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 754
Component Inspection .......................................... 756
P0139 HO2S2 .................................................. 719
Description .............................................................719 P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ....................... 758
DTC Logic ..............................................................719 Description ............................................................ 758
P0462, P0463, P0464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR.. 782 P1706 PNP SWITCH ....................................... 815
Description ............................................................ 782 Description ............................................................. 815
DTC Logic .............................................................. 815 K
DTC Logic ............................................................. 782
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 782 Component Function Check .................................. 816
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 817
P0500 VSS ....................................................... 783 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 817 L
Description ............................................................ 783
DTC Logic ............................................................. 783 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................. 820
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 784 Description ............................................................. 820
M
DTC Logic .............................................................. 820
P0562 BATTERY VOLTAGE ........................... 785 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 821
DTC Logic ............................................................. 785 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 821
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 785 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 823 N
P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE ........................... 786 P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MO-
DTC Logic ............................................................. 786 TOR RELAY .................................................... 824 O
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 786 Description ............................................................. 824
DTC Logic .............................................................. 824
P0605 ECM ....................................................... 787 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 825
Description ............................................................ 787 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 825 P
DTC Logic ............................................................. 787
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 788 P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
FUNCTION ...................................................... 827
P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..... 789 Description ............................................................. 827
Description ............................................................ 789 DTC Logic .............................................................. 827
DTC Logic ............................................................. 789 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 828
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 790 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 828
SERVICE INFORMATION
INDEX FOR DTC
DTC No. Index INFOID:0000000006029194
DTC*1 Items
Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
CONSULT-III ECM*2
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
No DTC Flashing*4 FURTHER TESTING —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
DTC*1 Items
Reference page A
CONSULT-III 2 (CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD,IMMU-ECM BL-215
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU BL-215 EC
P1614 1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY BL-215
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY BL-215
C
P1706 1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT EC-128
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT EC-131
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC EC-133 D
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC EC-133
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC EC-135
E
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC EC-135
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 EC-137
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR EC-139 F
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
*3: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III. G
*4: When engine is running, MIL may flash.
*5: For A/T models
*6: Unleaded fuel models H
*7:This self-diagnosis is not for ECM power supply circuit, even though “ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
Items DTC*1
Reference page J
(CONSULT-III screen terms) CONSULT-III ECM*2
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 EC-133
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 EC-133 K
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 EC-135
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 EC-135
L
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 EC-139
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 EC-131
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000*3, *5 1000 EC-79 M
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001*3 1001 EC-79
CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU P1612 1612 BL-215
N
CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY P1614 1614 BL-215
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 EC-102
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 EC-104 O
CONTROL UNIT(CAN) U1010 1010 EC-81
CTP LEARNING-B1 P1225 1225 EC-124
P
CTP LEARNING-B1 P1226 1226 EC-125
DIFFERENCE OF KEY P1615 1615 BL-215
ECM P0605 0605 EC-106
Items DTC*1
Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms) CONSULT-III ECM*2
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 EC-118
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 EC-110
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC P1122 1122 EC-112
ETC MOT P1128 1128 EC-116
ETC MOT PWR P1124 1124 EC-114
ETC MOT PWR P1126 1126 EC-114
HO2S1 (B1) P0132*6 0132 EC-92
EC
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SUPPLEMENTAL C
RESTRAINT SYSTEM” and “SEAT BELTS” of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by D
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag E
Module, see the “SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
F
ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING: G
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly H
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
I
Precaution for SRS "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" Service
INFOID:0000000006140896
• Do not use electrical test equipment to check SRS circuits unless instructed to in this Service Manual. J
• Before servicing the SRS, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect both battery terminals and wait at least three
minutes.
For approximately three minutes after the terminals are removed, it is still possible for the air bag and seat
K
belt pre-tensioner to deploy. Therefore, do not work on any SRS connectors or wires until at least three min-
utes have passed.
• The air bag diagnosis sensor unit must always be installed with the arrow mark “⇐” pointing toward the front
of the vehicle for proper operation. Also check air bag diagnosis sensor unit for cracks, deformities or rust L
before installation and replace as required.
• The spiral cable must be aligned with the neutral position since its rotations are limited. Do not attempt to
turn steering wheel or column after removal of steering gear. M
• Handle air bag module carefully. Always place driver and front passenger air bag modules with the pad side
facing upward and seat mounted front side air bag module standing with the stud bolt side facing down.
• Conduct self-diagnosis to check entire SRS for proper function after replacing any components.
• After air bag inflates, the front instrument panel assembly should be replaced if damaged. N
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the O
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair P
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MIL to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-63, "Description".
PBIB2947E
D
• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation E
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function
Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
F
G
SAT652J
SEF348N
PBIB2952E
SEF709Y
EC
Tool number
Description
Tool name
EG17550000 Measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester
C
Break-out box
ZZA1194D
E
EG17680000 Measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester
Y-cable adapter
G
PBIA9379J
PBIB3043E
J
Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000006029201
K
Tool name Description
Quick connector re- Removing fuel tube quick connectors in engine
lease room
(Available in SEC. 164 of PARTS CATALOG: Part L
No. 16441 6N210)
PBIC0198E
Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening N
pressure
S-NT653
P
S-NT705
S-NT779
EC
P
JMBIA2088GB
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
DTC 1st trip DTC Freeze Frame data 1st trip Freeze Frame data
CONSULT-III × × × ×
ECM × ×* — —
*: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-38,
"Fail-Safe Chart".)
Two Trip Detection Logic INFOID:0000000006029204
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation.
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting up MIL when there is
malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points to the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
SEF976U
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary.
>> GO TO 3
3.CHECK IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-III
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
PBIA8513J
D
Without CONSULT-III
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for about E
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
>> GO TO 6. K
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
>> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
- Timing indicator (1)
PBIB2954E
>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning.
>> GO TO 13.
13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 14.
No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4.
14.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
PBIB2954E
>> GO TO 4. P
INTRODUCTION EC
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con-
trol, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essen- C
tial that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vac-
uum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
D
E
MEF036D
SEF233G
I
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-III or a circuit tester connected should be per- J
formed. Follow the Work Flow on "WORK FLOW".
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus- K
tomer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example
on "Worksheet Sample" should be used. L
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first.
This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electroni-
SEF234G
cally controlled engine vehicle. M
WORK FLOW
PBIB3637E
Detailed Flow
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET".
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC*1 A
1. Check DTC*1.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC*1 is displayed.
- Record DTC*1 and freeze frame data*2. (Print them out with CONSULT-III.) EC
1
- Erase DTC* . (Refer to EC-24, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".)
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC*1 and the symptom described by the cus-
tomer. (Symptom Matrix Chart is useful. Refer to EC-39, "Symptom Matrix Chart".) C
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Is any symptom described and any DTC detected?
D
Symptom is described, DTC*1 is displayed>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC*1 is not displayed>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC*1 is displayed>>GO TO 5. E
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
DIAGNOSIS WORK SHEET is useful to verify the incident. F
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 5. G
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer. H
DIAGNOSIS WORK SHEET is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
I
>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
J
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the displayed DTC*1, and then make sure that DTC*1 is detected
again.
If two or more DTCs*1 are detected, refer to EC-37, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order. K
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data*2 is useful if the DTC*1 is not detected.
• Perform Overall Function Check if DTC Confirmation Procedure is not included on Service Manual. This L
simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC*1 cannot be detected during this check.
If the result of Overall Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC*1 by DTC Confirmation
Procedure. M
Is DTC*1 detected?
Yes >> GO TO 10.
N
No >> Check according to EC-73.
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
Perform EC-28, "Basic Inspection". O
With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 7.
Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 9. P
7.PERFORM SPEC OF DATA MONITOR MODE
With CONSULT-III
Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “B/FUEL SCHDL”, and “A/F ALPHA-B1” are within the SP value using
“SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-65, "Inspection Procedure".
Are they within the SP value?
Yes >> GO TO 9.
Revision: June 2010 EC-35 2011 Tiida GOM
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [HR16DE]
No >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-66, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is malfunctioning part detected?
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-39, "Symptom Matrix Chart" based on the confirmed symptom
in step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Inspect the system.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT-III. Refer to EC-51, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value", EC-62, "CONSULT-III Reference
Value in Data Monitor Mode".
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors after repair and replacement.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it, refer to EC-24, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
>> GO TO 12.
12.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check again,
and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
OK or NG
NG (DTC*1 is detected)>>GO TO 10.
NG (Symptom remains)>>GO TO 6.
OK >> 1. Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC*1 in ECM.
(Refer to EC-24, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".)
2. INSPECTION END
*1: Include 1st trip DTC.
*2: Include 1st trip freeze frame data.
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
SEF907L
EC
L
MTBL0017
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
NOTE: N
• If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-79.
• If DTC U1010 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to O
EC-81.
When the DTC listed below is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut G
H
SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
SYMPTOM I
IDLING VIBRATION
L
ENGINE STALL
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Mass air flow sensor circuit 2
1
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 3 3
1 2 3 2 2 2 2
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit
Throttle position sensor circuit
2 2
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1
Knock sensor circuit 2 3
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 3 2
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3
PNP signal circuit 3 3 3 3 3
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 4
Electrical load signal circuit 3
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 4
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next table)
SYMPTOM A
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/Gasket
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Three way catalyst
Lubrication Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil filter/Oil
gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap
Thermostat 5
Water pump
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Water gallery
Cooling fan
5
Coolant level (Low)/Contaminated coolant
NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) 1 1
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
EC
PBIB2939E
M
1. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Refrigerant pressure sensor
and spark plug valve N
4. Knock sensor 5. Fuel injector 6. Cooling fan motor
7. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 8. IPDM E/R 9. ECM
10. Mass air flow sensor 11. Engine coolant temperature sensor 12. Electric throttle control actuator O
(with intake air temperature sensor) (with built-in throttle position sensor,
throttle control motor)
13. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve P
PBIB2940E
: Vehicle front
1. Mass air flow sensor 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor 3. Electric throttle control actuator
(with intake air temperature sensor)
4. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 5. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 6. Fuel injector
7. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
EC
L
PBIB2941E
: Vehicle front M
1. ECM harness connectors 2. ECM 3. IPDM E/R
4. Fuel pump fuse (15A) 5. Intake valve timing control solenoid 6. Knock sensor
valve N
7. Refrigerant pressure sensor 8. PCV valve
PBIB2942E
PBIB2943E
: Vehicle front
1. Exhaust manifold 2. Heated oxygen sensor 1 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness
connector
EC
L
PBIB2944E
1. Cooling fan motor 2. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 3. Stop lamp switch M
4. Brake pedal 5. Accelerator pedal position sensor 6. Accelerator pedal position sensor
harness connector
7. Accelerator pedal 8. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 9. Fuel pressure regulator N
harness connector
10. Fuel pump
PBIB2946E
EC
AABWA0462GB
P
AABWA0139GB
EC
PBIA9221J
D
ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000006029217
E
PREPARATION
1. ECM (1) is located in the engine room left side near battery.
• : Vehicle front
F
PBIB2959E
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 3.2V
PBIA8150J
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm.
Heated oxygen sensor 1
3 G
heater
PBIA8148J
Approximately 1.8V
PBIA8149J
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
• Below 3,600 rpm after the following condi-
tions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for
5 G
heater 1 minute under no load
PBIA8148J
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed C
[Engine is running] E
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More
than 100 seconds after starting engine)
NOTE:
Voltage and Duty percent may vary. F
PBIB0520E
10 B [Engine is running]
ECM ground Body ground G
11 B • Idle speed
3 - 5V
[Engine is running]
H
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on I
rpm at idle.
PBIA8164J
13 L Tachometer signal
3 - 5V J
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition K
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
PBIA8165J L
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: OFF]
15 Y Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V M
0 - 0.3V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition N
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
O
rpm at idle.
17 R Ignition signal No. 1
18 LG Ignition signal No. 2 PBIA9265J
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed is 2,500 rpm.
PBIA9266J
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
PBIA4943J
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.0V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
32 P
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning ig-
(11 - 14V)
nition switch OFF
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
33 LG Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
34 O Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
36 Y • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor)
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
37 W Knock sensor Approximately 2.5V
• Idle speed
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Engine coolant temperature
38 P [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
sensor
coolant temperature.
Approximately 4.0V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle.
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
PBIB2999E
1.0 - 2.0V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle.
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
PBIB2987E
7 - 10V
Intake valve timing control C
73 P
solenoid valve [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
D
PBIA4937J
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) INFOID:0000000006029218
FUNCTION
VEHICL SPEED
• The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[km/h] or [mph]
F
ABSOL TH·P/S [%] • The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
B/FUEL SCHDL
• The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[msec]
G
INT/A TEMP SE
• The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°C] or [°F]
• “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• One mode in the following is displayed.
H
Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
FUEL SYS-B1
Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control I
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
Monitored Item
K
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
• Accuracy becomes poor if engine
• Indicates the engine speed computed from the speed drops below the idle rpm.
ENG SPEED rpm signal of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) • If the signal is interrupted while the L
and camshaft position sensor (PHASE). engine is running, an abnormal value
may be indicated.
• When the engine is stopped, a certain M
• The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is value is indicated.
MAS A/F SE-B1 V
displayed. • When engine is running, specification
range is indicated in “SPEC”.
N
• “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injection
• When engine is running, specification
B/FUEL SCHDL msec pulse width programmed into ECM, prior to any
range is indicated in “SPEC”.
learned on board correction.
• When the engine is stopped, a certain O
value is indicated.
• The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback cor- • When engine is running, specification
A/F ALPHA-B1 %
rection factor per cycle is indicated. range is indicated in “SPEC”.
• This data also includes the data for
P
the air-fuel ratio learning control.
• When the engine coolant temperature
• The engine coolant temperature (determined by sensor is open or short-circuited,
COOLAN TEMP/S °C or °F the signal voltage of the engine coolant tempera- ECM enters fail-safe mode. The en-
ture sensor) is displayed. gine coolant temperature determined
by the ECM is displayed.
Test Item
Remarks:
z Specification data are reference values.
z Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show
the specification data in spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIM-
ING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor
and other ignition timing related sensors.
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONI- EC
TOR” mode of CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC”
of “DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the
value in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have
one or more malfunctions. C
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light up the
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items: D
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion)
• A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor) E
F
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F) G
• Engine speed: Idle
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- A/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID H
TEMP SE” (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
- M/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
• Electrical load: Not applied
- Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight I
ahead.
Inspection Procedure INFOID:0000000006029222
J
NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-28, "Basic Inspection". K
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with
L
CONSULT-III.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to EC-66, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
OVERALL SEQUENCE
JMBIA1419GB
EC
PBIB3213E
DETAILED PROCEDURE P
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-65, "Testing Condition".
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
NOTE:
>> GO TO 8. A
8.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1. Start engine. EC
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
OK or NG
C
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST D
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop.
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART F
>> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1. Start engine.
>> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-39, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
17.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 18.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25.
18.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
- Engine oil level is too high
- Engine oil viscosity
- Belt tension of alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
- Noise from engine
- Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
- Valve clearance malfunction
- Intake valve timing control function malfunction
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
>> GO TO 22.
22.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” C
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value. D
OK or NG
OK >> 1. Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it.
2. GO TO 29. E
NG >> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
F
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
G
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG (More than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor (refer to EM-16, "Component"), and then GO
TO 29.
H
24.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-211, "ECM I
Re-communicating Function".
3. Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning.
4. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning.
5. Perform Idle Air Volume Learning. J
>> GO TO 29.
K
25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts L
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 27.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26. N
26.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value. O
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 27. P
27.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 28.
>> GO TO 30.
29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-39, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
30.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then make sure that the indication is
within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-39, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function EC
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent
incidents occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident
occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may C
not indicate the specific malfunctioning area.
Common Intermittent Incidents Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow Situation D
2 The CONSULT-III is used. The Self Diagnostic Result screen shows time data other than [0] or [1t].
3 or 4 The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
E
5 (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
10 The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006029225
1.INSPECTION START
G
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-24, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
>> GO TO 2. H
2.CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
Refer to EC-77, "Ground Inspection". I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
J
NG >> Repair or replace.
3.SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
Perform GI-16, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION K
TESTS”.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END L
NG >> Repair or replace.
AABWA0140GB
1.INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Revision: June 2010 EC-74 2011 Tiida GOM
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [HR16DE]
Is engine running?
Yes or No A
Yes >> GO TO 8.
No >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I EC
PBIA9561J
F
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors M69, E7 G
• 10 A fuse (No. 6)
• Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse
H
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E15 and E24. Refer to EC-77, "Ground Inspection".
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I K
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 10, 11, 108 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. L
P
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB2658E
PBIA9562J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK 20 A FUSE E
1. Disconnect 20 A fuse from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 20 A fuse.
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace 20 A fuse.
14.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS G
Check ground connection E15 and E24. Refer to EC-77, "Ground Inspection".
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
15.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II I
Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
PBIB1870E
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000006029230
D
The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
E
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
• When ECM is not transmitting or receiving
U1000
CAN communication signal of OBD (emission- • Harness or connectors F
1000
related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more. (CAN communication line is open or
CAN communication
• When ECM is not transmitting or receiving shorted)
line
U1001 CAN communication signal other than OBD (Refer to LAN-26, "CAN System Specifi-
G
1001 (emission-related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or cation Chart")
more.
BBWA2672E
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000006029234
D
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
U1010 When detecting error during the initial diagno-
CAN communication bus • ECM
1010 sis for CAN controller of each control unit.
F
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000006029235
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
MBIB1560E
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000006029237
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
name
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
P0011 Intake valve timing There is a gap between angle of target and • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
0011 control performance phase-control angle degree. portion of the camshaft
• Timing chain installation
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for in-
take valve timing control
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction is detected.
A
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE: EC
• If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P1111, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1111. See EC-
108.
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. C
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at
idle. D
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
E
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
F
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the intake valve timing control system. During this check, a M
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. N
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
O
4. Set the tester probe between ECM terminal 73 (IVT control solenoid valve signal) and ground.
5. Start engine and let it idle.
6. Check the voltage under the following conditions. P
Conditions Voltage
BATTERY VOLTAGE
At idle
(11 - 14V)
7V - 10V
PBIA4937J
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
7. If NG, check possible cause items.
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It EC
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater C
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The D
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
PBIA9559J E
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000006029241
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
G
• Harness or connectors
P0102 Mass air flow sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0102 circuit low input to ECM. • Intake air leaks
• Mass air flow sensor H
• Harness or connectors
P0103 Mass air flow sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0103 circuit high input sent to ECM.
• Mass air flow sensor I
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
J
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
K
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000006029242
NOTE: L
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102 M
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items. N
BBWA2678E
SEF594K E
<Reference data>
F
Engine coolant temperature
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
°C (°F)
–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 G
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
H
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 38 (Engine
SEF012P
coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION: I
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
J
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000006029245
Trouble Diagnosis K
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
Engine coolant tem-
P0117 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
perature sensor cir- L
0117 sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
cuit low input
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Engine coolant tem- • Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0118 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
perature sensor cir- M
0118 sent to ECM.
cuit high input
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when the malfunction is detected. N
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
EC
BBWA2680E
P
PBIB0145E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0122 Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor • Harness or connectors
0122 2 circuit low input 2 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
P0123 Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor • Electric throttle control actuator
0123 2 circuit high input 2 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
EC
ALBWA0140GB
P
SEF463R
SEF288D
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high.
PBIB1848E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
P0132 Heated oxygen sensor 1 An excessively high voltage from the sensor
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0132 circuit high voltage is sent to ECM.
• Heated oxygen sensor 1
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
EC
P
AABWA0463GB
SEF463R
SEF288D
SEF237U
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
P0134 Heated oxygen sensor 1 The voltage from the sensor is constantly ap-
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0134 circuit no activity detected prox. 0.3V.
• Heated oxygen sensor 1
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III, and select “HO2S1 (B1)”.
3. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. EC
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 49 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load. C
• The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 to 0.4V.
4. If NG, check possible cause items.
D
PBIA9566J
PBIB1848E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
P0138 Heated oxygen sensor 2 An excessively high voltage from the sensor
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0138 circuit high voltage is sent to ECM.
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
EC
AABWA0465GB
P
PBIB0145E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0222 Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 1 • Harness or connectors
0222 1 circuit low input is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
P0223 Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 1 • Electric throttle control actuator
0223 1 circuit high input is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
EC
AABWA0468GB
P
PBIB2969E
DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detected Condition Possible Cause
P0327 Knock sensor circuit low An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
0327 input sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0328 Knock sensor circuit high An excessively high voltage from the sensor is • Knock sensor
0328 input sent to ECM.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
EC
BBWA2683E
P
PBIB2997E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not
circuit is open or shorted.]
detected by the ECM during the first few seconds of
(Accelerator pedal position sensor
engine cranking.
circuit is shorted.]
P0335 Crankshaft position sen- • The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit
0335 sor (POS) circuit sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM while the engine is
is shorted.]
running.
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not in
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
the normal pattern during engine running.
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• Signal plate
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
EC
AABWA0469GB
P
PBIB2997E
NOTE:
If DTC P0340 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to
EC-126.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
the first few seconds during engine cranking.
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0340 Camshaft position sensor • The cylinder No. signal is not set to ECM dur-
• Camshaft (Intake)
0340 (PHASE) circuit ing engine running.
• Starter motor (Refer to SC-8.)
• The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal
• Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-8.)
pattern during engine running.
• Dead (Weak) battery
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
4. Start engine and maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
EC
BBWA2685E
P
PBIA9222J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
P0605
Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. • ECM
0605
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected.
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no problem on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B,
perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Repeat step 1 and 2 for 32 times.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
ECM has the memory function of the DTC memory, the air-fuel ratio EC
feedback compensation value memory, the Idle Air Volume Learning
value memory, etc. even when the ignition switch is turned OFF.
C
PBIA9222J E
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000006029283
F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1065* ECM back-up RAM system does not function
Engine control module • ECM G
1065 properly.
*: This self-diagnosis is not for ECM power supply circuit, even though “ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I
1. Turn ignition switch ON wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 minutes
3. Turn ignition switch ON, wait at least 10 seconds. J
4. Repeat step 2 and 3 for five times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
K
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
An improper voltage is sent to the ECM • Harness or connectors
P1111 Intake valve timing control
through intake valve timing control solenoid (Solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
1111 solenoid valve circuit
valve. • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
EC
AABWA0470GB
P
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throt-
tle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening
angle properly in response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000006029290
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Electric throttle control actuator does not function
A)
properly due to the return spring malfunction.
P1121 Electric throttle control
Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is • Electric throttle control actuator
1121 actuator B)
not in specified range.
C) ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
NOTE:
• Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
1. Turn ignition witch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Shift selector lever to P position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T).
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
6. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds.
7. Shift selector lever to P position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T).
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
9. Check 1st trip DTC.
10. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds.
NOTE:
If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121 or P1126, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121
or P1126. Refer to EC-110 or EC-114.
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000006029293
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
P1122 Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not oper- (Throttle control motor circuit is open or
1122 performance ate properly. shorted)
• Electric throttle control actuator
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V when engine
is running.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
EC
ALBWA0129GB
P
Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000006029297
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
P1124 Throttle control motor ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
1124 relay circuit short stuck ON. shorted)
• Throttle control motor relay
• Harness or connectors
P1126 Throttle control motor ECM detects a voltage of power source for (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
1126 relay circuit open throttle control motor is excessively low. open)
• Throttle control motor relay
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1124
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1126
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 second.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
EC
ALBWA0130GB
P
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000006029301
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
P1128 Throttle control motor ECM detects short in both circuits between (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
1128 circuit short ECM and throttle control motor. • Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
EC
ALBWA0131GB
P
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
NOTE:
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-79.
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
to EC-81.
Cooling Fan Control
PBIB2852E
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction F
is indicated.
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
G
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or short- H
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over- ed.)
heat). • Cooling fan
• Cooling fan system does not operate properly • IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relays)
P1217 Engine over temperature (Overheat). • Radiator hose I
1217 (Overheat) • Engine coolant was not added to the system • Radiator
using the proper filling method. • Radiator cap
• Engine coolant is not within the specified • Water pump
range. • Thermostat J
For more information, refer to EC-123,
"Main 12 Causes of Overheating".
CAUTION: K
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-7, "Changing Engine
Coolant". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-20, "ENGINE OIL : Changing Engine Oil".
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
L
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to CO-7, "Changing Engine Coolant".
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000006029306
M
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
firmed.
N
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up O
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
WITH CONSULT-III
P
13. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at
higher speed than low speed.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine.
14. If NG, check possible cause items.
SEF023R
EC
BBWA2997E
P
ALBWA0132GB
ON*2 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and lower ra- Both hoses should be hot
diator hoses F
ON* 1 7 • Cooling fan • CONSULT-III Operating
OFF*4 10 • Coolant return from reservoir tank • Visual Should be initial level in reservoir
to radiator tank
OFF 11 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler gauge 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum distor- I
tion (warping)
12 • Cylinder block and pistons • Visual No scuffing on cylinder walls or pis-
ton J
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes. K
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
PBIB0145E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1225 Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning value is exces- • Electric throttle control actuator
1225 learning performance sively low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
PBIB0145E E
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000006029313
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1226 Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning is not per- • Electric throttle control actuator G
1226 learning performance formed successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
1. Turn ignition switch ON. J
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times.
4. Check 1st trip DTC. K
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
L
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
• Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(Throttle position sensor circuit is shorted.)
P1229 Sensor power supply ECM detects a voltage of power source for [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is
1229 circuit short sensor is excessively low or high. shorted.]
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Throttle position sensor
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
EC
ALBWA0133GB
P
When the shift lever position is P or N, transmission range switch is ON. (A/T)
When the shift lever position is Neutral, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON. (M/T)
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000006029319
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP) [Park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit
P1706
Park/neutral position switch signal is not changed in the process of engine is open or shorted.]
1706
starting and driving. • Transmission range switch (A/T)
• Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T)
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” sig-
nal under the following conditions.
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
Revision: June 2010 EC-128 2011 Tiida GOM
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [HR16DE]
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 69 (PNP signal) and body
ground under the following conditions. A
PBIA9570J
AABWA0471GB
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed. EC
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000006029324
C
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for • Harness or connectors
P1805
Brake switch extremely long time while the vehicle is driv- (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
1805
ing. • Stop lamp switch
E
Fail-Safe Mode INFOID:0000000006029325
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters in fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. F
ALBWA0135GB
F
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-126. G
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
H
P2122 Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP • Harness or connectors
2122 sensor 1 circuit low input sensor 1 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
P2123 Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP • Accelerator pedal position sensor
2123 sensor 1 circuit high input sensor 1 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 1) I
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. J
NOTE: M
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. N
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
O
3. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
ALBWA0136GB
F
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
G
P2127 Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP • Harness or connectors
2127 sensor 2 circuit low input sensor 2 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
is shorted.] H
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
P2128 Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP shorted.)
2128 sensor 2 circuit high input sensor 2 is sent to ECM. • Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2) I
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
J
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
K
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
L
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
AABWA0472GB
PBIB0145E E
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000006029337
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connector H
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM (TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or short-
P2135 Throttle position sensor
compared with the signals from TP sensor 1 ed.)
2135 circuit range/performance
and TP sensor 2. • Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2) I
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
J
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at M
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. N
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items. O
ALBWA0141GB
F
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to
EC-126. G
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
H
• Harness or connector
(APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit I
Accelerator pedal posi- Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM is shorted.]
P2138
tion sensor circuit range/ compared with the signals from APP sensor 1 (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
2138
performance and APP sensor 2. shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor J
(APP sensor 1 and 2)
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
K
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
L
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees. M
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at O
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. P
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
AABWA0473GB
BBIA0713E E
H
PBIB2657E
BBWA2705E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Termi- Wire A
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
41 GR Refrigerant pressure sensor 1.0 - 4.0 V EC
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON
(Compressor operates)
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground C
48 BR • Warm-up condition Approximately 0 V
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
• Idle speed
Sensor power supply
74 W [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V
(Refrigerant pressure sensor) D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006029346
I
PBIA9574J
BBIA0698E
N
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E24 2. Engine ground F9 3. Engine ground F16
O
4. Body ground E15
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. P
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
BBIA0713E
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF479Y
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 48.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 41.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-245. D
OK or NG
OK >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to ATC-110, "Component" (AUTOMATIC AIR CONDI-
TIONER) or MTC-78, "Component" (MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER). E
NG >> Repair or replace.
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006029347
F
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to ATC-117, "Removal and Installation of Refrigerant Pressure Sensor" (ATC) or MTC-85, "Removal and
Installation of Refrigerant Pressure Sensor" (MTC). G
Fuel pressure at idle Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
SERVICE INFORMATION
INDEX FOR DTC
DTC No. Index INFOID:0000000006029358
DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-III Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
GST*2
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
No DTC Flashing*5 FURTHER TESTING EC-184
MAY BE REQUIRED.
U1000 1000*4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-252
DTC*1
Items A
CONSULT-III Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
GST*2
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 EC-363 EC
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V EC-368
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*6 EC-374
C
P0605 0605 ECM EC-376
P0705 0705 T/M RANGE SENSOR A AT-92
P0710 0710 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A AT-97 D
P0720 0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR*6 AT-103
P0731 0731 1GR INCORRECT RATIO AT-115
E
P0732 0732 2GR INCORRECT RATIO AT-118
P0733 0733 3GR INCORRECT RATIO AT-121
P0734 0734 4GR INCORRECT RATIO AT-124 F
P0740 0740 TORQUE CONVERTER AT-129
P0744 0744 TORQUE CONVERTER AT-134
P0745 0745 PC SOLENOID A AT-139 G
P0750 0750 SHIFT SOLENOID A AT-144
P0755 0755 SHIFT SOLENOID B AT-149
H
P1111 1111 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 EC-378
P1121 1121 ETC ACTR EC-383
P1122 1122 ETC FUNCTION/CIRC EC-385 I
P1124 1124 ETC MOT PWR EC-391
P1126 1126 ETC MOT PWR EC-391
J
P1128 1128 ETC MOT EC-395
P1143 1143 HO2S1 (B1) EC-400
P1144 1144 HO2S1 (B1) EC-405 K
P1146 1146 HO2S2 (B1) EC-410
P1147 1147 HO2S2 (B1) EC-418
L
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP EC-426
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING-B1 EC-436
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING-B1 EC-438 M
P1229 1229 SENSOR POWER/CIRC EC-440
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE BL-215
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD,IMMU-ECM BL-215
N
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU BL-215
P1614 1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY BL-215
O
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY BL-215
P1706 1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT EC-445
P1715 1715 IN PULLY SPEED EC-450 P
P1760 1760 OVER CLUTCH SOLENOID AT-154
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT EC-451
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC EC-455
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC EC-455
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC EC-460
DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-III Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
2 ECM*3
GST*
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC EC-460
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 EC-467
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR EC-472
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III.
*5: When engine is running, MIL may flash. For details, refer to EC-184, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)".
*6: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-III Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
2 ECM*3
GST*
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 EC-455
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 EC-455
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 EC-460
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 EC-460
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 EC-472
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 EC-451
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 1000*4 EC-252
DTC*1
Items A
CONSULT-III Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
GST*2
ETC MOT PWR P1126 1126 EC-391 EC
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 EC-325
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 EC-331
FLUID TEMP SENSOR A P0710 0710 AT-97 C
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 0132 EC-280
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 0133 EC-287
D
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 0134 EC-296
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 1143 EC-400
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 1144 EC-405 E
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0135 0135 EC-302
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 EC-307
F
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 EC-312
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 1146 EC-410
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 1147 EC-418 G
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0141 0141 EC-320
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0112 0112 EC-266
H
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0113 0113 EC-266
ID DISCORD,IMMU-ECM P1611 1611 BL-215
IN PULLY SPEED P1715 1715 EC-450 I
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 EC-255
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P1111 1111 EC-378
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 EC-348 J
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 EC-348
LOCK MODE P1610 1610 BL-215
K
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0102 0102 EC-259
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0103 0103 EC-259
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 EC-342 L
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING No DTC Flashing*5 EC-184
MAY BE REQUIRED. M
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000 —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
N
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR*6 P0720 0720 AT-103
OVER CLUTCH SOLENOID P1760 1760 AT-154
PC SOLENOID A P0745 0745 AT-139 O
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 1706 EC-445
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 EC-368
P
SENSOR POWER/CIRC P1229 1229 EC-440
SHIFT SOLENOID A P0750 0750 AT-144
SHIFT SOLENOID B P0755 0755 AT-149
T/M RANGE SENSOR A P0705 0705 AT-92
TORQUE CONVERTER P0740 0740 AT-129
DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-III Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
2 ECM*3
GST*
TORQUE CONVERTER P0744 0744 AT-134
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 P0222 0222 EC-337
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 P0223 0223 EC-337
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 P0122 0122 EC-275
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 P0123 0123 EC-275
TP SENSOR-B1 P2135 2135 EC-467
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 EC-363
EC
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of C
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by D
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag E
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
F
ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING: G
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Igni-
tion ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing H
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
I
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000006029361
NOTE: J
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYS-
TEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
K
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mech- L
anism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible. M
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE N
1. Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. O
2. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
3. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be P
rotated.
4. Perform the necessary repair operation.
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield.
PIIB3706J
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MIL to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-63.
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Precaution INFOID:0000000006029364
D
PBIB2947E
SAT652J
P
SEF348N
BBIA0704E
SEF709Y
Tool number
Description
Tool name
KV10117100 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensor
Heated oxygen sensor with 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut
wrench
S-NT379
S-NT636
S-NT564
ZZA1194D
PBIA9379J
PBIB3043E
PBIC0198E D
Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
pressure
E
F
S-NT653
S-NT705
I
Oxygen sensor thread Reconditioning the exhaust system threads before
cleaner installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti-
seize lubricant shown below.
a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirco- J
nia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Tita-
nia Oxygen Sensor
K
AEM488
S-NT779
JSBIA0177GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of I
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor (POS), camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) and the mass air flow sensor. J
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below. K
<Fuel increase>
• During warm-up L
• When starting the engine
• During acceleration
• Hot-engine operation
• When selector lever is changed from N to D (A/T models) M
• High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
• During deceleration N
• During high engine speed operation
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
O
PBIB2953E
SEF337W
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION I
Firing order: 1 - 3 - 4 - 2
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM. J
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) sig-
nal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in K
the ECM.
• At starting
• During warm-up
• At idle L
• At low battery voltage
• During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed M
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
N
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed) INFOID:0000000006029370
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 2,000 rpm under no load [for example, the selector lever position is P or N (A/T),
Neutral (M/T) and engine speed is over 2,000 rpm] fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the
fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-160, "Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) Sys-
tem".
EC
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal*1
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position C
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used. H
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When cranking the engine.
I
• At high engine speeds.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
• When engine speed is excessively low. J
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-26, "CAN System Specification Chart", about CAN communication for detail.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC
G
PBIB3039E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel H
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
I
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases. J
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING K
PBIB3345E
EC
H
BBIA0935E
J
EVAP CANISTER
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Block port (B). K
2. Blow air into port (A) and check that it flows freely out of port (C).
3. Release blocked port (B).
L
4. Apply vacuum pressure to port (B) and check that vacuum pres-
sure exists at the ports (A) and (C).
5. Block port (A) and (B).
M
6. Apply pressure to port (C) and check that there is no leakage.
PBIB2961E
N
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
1. Wipe clean valve housing.
O
SEF918W
SEF943S
• If the security indicator illuminates with the ignition switch ON or DTC P1610 - P1615 is displayed in EC
“SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT” mode, perform the trouble diagnosis for corresponding to the
detected DTC. Refer to EC-148, "DTC No. Index".
• Check that no DTC is displayed in “SELF DIAGNOSIS RESULT” mode of “BCM” before erasing the
detected DTC in “ENGINE” mode with CONSULT-III. C
• When replacing ECM, refer to EC-198, "Procedure After Replacing ECM".
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB2962E
PBIB1588E
PBIB1589E
D
PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.
2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose E
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.
S-ET277
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MIL,
and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut C
D
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS
×:Applicable —: Not applicable
DTC*1 E
Items Reference
CONSULT-III SRT code Trip MIL
(CONSULT-III screen terms) page
ECM*3
GST*2
1 (A/T) × (A/T) F
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 1000*4 —
2 (M/T) — (M/T)
EC-252
DTC*1
Items Reference
CONSULT-III SRT code Trip MIL
(CONSULT-III screen terms) page
ECM*3
GST*2
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 — 2 — EC-348
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 — 2 — EC-348
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 — 2 × EC-352
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 — 2 × EC-358
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 × 2 × EC-363
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 — 2 × EC-368
DTC*1
Items Reference A
CONSULT-III SRT code Trip MIL
(CONSULT-III screen terms) page
ECM*3
GST*2
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 — 2 — EC-451 EC
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 — 1 × EC-455
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 — 1 × EC-455
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 — 1 × EC-460 C
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 — 1 × EC-460
TP SENSOR-B1 P2135 2135 — 1 × EC-467
D
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 — 1 × EC-472
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. E
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III.
*5: When engine is running, MIL may flash. For details, refer to EC-184, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)". F
*6: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0304
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172
2 Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-
RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION".
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com-
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
Example I
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2) J
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
K
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1) L
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
M
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
NG N
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC O
DTC (= MIL ON)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK. P
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
JMBIA1575GB
WITH GST EC
Selecting Service $01 with GST (Generic Scan Tool)
How to Set SRT Code
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each C
diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions.
WITH CONSULT-III
Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the table D
on "SRT Item".
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on the next page. The
E
driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.
PBIB3645E
• The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving
habits, etc.
Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the short-
est.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within
zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
DESCRIPTION
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON with-
out the engine running. This is a bulb check.
If the MIL does not light up, check MIL circuit. Refer to DI-20 or
see EC-505.
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
SAT652J
Engine stopped C
D
Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is de-
WARNING tected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip de-
tection logic), the MIL will light up to inform the driver that a
malfunction has been detected.
E
The following malfunctions will light up or blink the MIL in
the 1st trip.
• Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage)
F
• One trip detection diagnoses
Mode II Ignition switch in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.
ON position RESULTS
G
Engine stopped H
I
Engine running HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 This function allows the fuel mixture condition (lean or rich),
MONITOR monitored by heated oxygen sensor 1, to be read.
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting up MIL when there is
malfunction on engine control system.
K
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the L
driver to repair the malfunction.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut M
MIL Flashing Without DTC
If the ECM is in Diagnostic Test Mode II, MIL may flash when engine is running. In this case, check ECM diag-
nostic test mode. How to switch the diagnostic test (function) modes, and details of the above functions are N
described later. Refer to "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE".
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
O
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• System readiness test (SRT) codes P
• Test values
HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
• Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.
Revision: June 2010 EC-185 2011 Tiida GOM
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR18DE]
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts
blinking.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
NOTE:
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to confirm all DTCs certainly.
PBIB0092E
MIL Condition
ON When the malfunction is detected.
OFF No malfunction.
This DTC number is clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
EC
F
PBIA3905E
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated
G
by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds
consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later H
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal- I
function. (See EC-148.)
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to "How J
to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)".
• If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours.
• Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
K
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR
In this mode, the MIL displays the condition of the fuel mixture (lean or rich) which is monitored by the heated
oxygen sensor 1. L
MIL Fuel mixture condition in the exhaust gas Air fuel ratio feedback control condition
ON Lean
Closed loop system M
OFF Rich
*Remains ON or OFF Any condition Open loop system
*: Maintains conditions just before switching to open loop. N
To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm it up until
engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge.
Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load conditions. Then make sure that the O
MIL comes ON more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2,000 rpm under no load.
OBD System Operation Chart INFOID:0000000006029383
P
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to EC-174, "Two Trip Detection
Logic".
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”
<EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
EC
L
SEF392S
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven 3 *3: When the same malfunction is de- M
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL times (pattern B) without any mal- tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
N
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM. O
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when ve-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with- P
freeze frame data will be cleared. out the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
EC
L
SEF393SD
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven 3 *3: When the same malfunction is de- M
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL times (pattern B) without any mal- tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
N
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi-
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM. O
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip P
freeze frame data will be cleared.
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETE-
RIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
JMBIA1920GB
• The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
• The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
• The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
<Driving Pattern B>
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
• The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
• The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
• The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART).
1.INSPECTION START EC
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following: C
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
D
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. E
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF. F
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm. G
I
SEF976U
J
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-III or GST.
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
L
M
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure. N
>> GO TO 3
O
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-III
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load. P
PBIA8513J
3. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-197, "Idle Speed and Ignition
Timing Check".
Without CONSULT-III
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for about
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
Refer to EC-197, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-199, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-199, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 7.
No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4.
7.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-197, "Idle Speed and Ignition
Timing Check".
Without CONSULT-III EC
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
Refer to EC-197, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check". C
>> GO TO 4.
K
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light. L
Refer to EC-197, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
- Timing indicator (1)
M
A/T: 13 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
M/T: 13 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
OK or NG N
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 11.
PBIB3263E O
11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1. Stop engine.
P
2. Perform EC-199, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-199, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
Refer to EC-197, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
>> GO TO 4. D
E
IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-III
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. F
With GST
Check idle speed with GST.
G
IGNITION TIMING
Any of following two methods may be used.
Method A H
1. Attach timing light to loop wire (1) as shown.
• : Vehicle front
I
K
PBIB3320E
L
2. Check ignition timing.
• Timing indicator (1)
O
PBIB3263E
Method B
P
1. Remove No. 4 ignition coil (1).
PBIB3321E
2. Connect No. 4 ignition coil (1) and No. 4 spark plug with suitable high-tension wire (A) as shown, and
attach timing light clamp (B) to this wire.
• : Vehicle front
PBIB3322E
PBIB3334E
PBIB3263E
A
DESCRIPTION
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accel-
erator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time EC
harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
C
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. D
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning INFOID:0000000006029388
E
DESCRIPTION
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by F
monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of
electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE G
DESCRIPTION
Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the specific J
range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
• Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification. K
PREPARATION
Before performing Idle Air Volume Learning, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment. L
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle)
• Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 105°C (158 - 221°F)
• PNP switch (M/T): ON
M
• Selector lever (A/T): P or N
• Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position) N
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- A/T models
O
• With CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “A/T” system indi-
cates less than 0.9 V.
• Without CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
- M/T models P
• Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
1. Perform EC-199, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
2. Perform EC-199, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
Item Specification
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Idle speed
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T: 13 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
Ignition timing
M/T: 13 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
Without CONSULT-III
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
1. Perform EC-199, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
2. Perform EC-199, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops
blinking and turned ON.
9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turned ON.
10. Start engine and let it idle.
11. Wait 20 seconds.
SEC897C
12. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications.
Item Specification
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Idle speed
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T: 13 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
Ignition timing
M/T: 13 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
PBIB2958E
M
INTRODUCTION EC
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con-
trol, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essen- C
tial that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vac-
uum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
D
E
MEF036D
SEF233G
I
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-III (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should J
be performed. Follow the Work Flow on "WORK FLOW".
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a drivability complaint. The customer K
can supply good information about such incidents, especially inter-
mittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under what
conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example on
"Worksheet Sample" should be used. L
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first.
This will help troubleshoot drivability malfunctions on an electroni-
SEF234G
cally controlled engine vehicle. M
WORK FLOW
PBIB3456E
Detailed Flow
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET".
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC*1 A
1. Check DTC*1.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC*1 is displayed.
- Record DTC*1 and freeze frame data*2. (Print them out with CONSULT-III or GST.) EC
1
- Erase DTC* . (Refer to EC-175, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".)
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC*1 and the symptom described by the cus-
tomer. (Symptom Matrix Chart is useful. Refer to EC-209, "Symptom Matrix Chart".) C
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Is any symptom described and any DTC detected?
D
Symptom is described, DTC*1 is displayed>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC*1 is not displayed>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC*1 is displayed>>GO TO 5. E
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
DIAGNOSIS WORK SHEET is useful to verify the incident. F
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 5. G
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer. H
DIAGNOSIS WORK SHEET is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
I
>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
J
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the displayed DTC*1, and then make sure that DTC*1 is detected
again.
If two or more DTCs*1 are detected, refer to EC-207, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order. K
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data*2 is useful if the DTC*1 is not detected.
• Perform Overall Function Check if DTC Confirmation Procedure is not included on Service Manual. This L
simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC*1 cannot be detected during this check.
If the result of Overall Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC*1 by DTC Confirmation
Procedure. M
Is DTC*1 detected?
Yes >> GO TO 10.
N
No >> Check according to EC-245.
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
Perform EC-193, "Basic Inspection". O
With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 7.
Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 9. P
7.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE
With CONSULT-III
Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “B/FUEL SCHDL”, and “A/F ALPHA-B1” are within the SP value using
CONSULT-III “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode. Refer to EC-237, "Inspection Procedure".
Are they within the SP value?
Yes >> GO TO 9.
Revision: June 2010 EC-205 2011 Tiida GOM
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR18DE]
No >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-238, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is malfunctioning part detected?
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-209, "Symptom Matrix Chart" based on the confirmed symptom
in step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnostic Procedure of the system.
NOTE:
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to Circuit Inspection in GI-
16.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT-III. Refer to EC-222, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value", EC-234, "CONSULT-III Refer-
ence Value in Data Monitor".
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnostic Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it, refer to EC-175, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
>> GO TO 12.
12.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check again,
and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
OK or NG
NG (DTC*1 is detected)>>GO TO 10.
NG (Symptom remains)>>GO TO 6.
OK >> 1. Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC*1 in ECM
and TCM (Transmission Control Module). (Refer to EC-175, "Emission-related Diagnostic
Information" and AT-39, "OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)".)
2. If the completion of SRT is needed, drive vehicle under the specific driving pattern. Refer to
EC-175, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
3. INSPECTION END
*1: Include 1st trip DTC.
*2: Include 1st trip freeze frame data.
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description
D
Worksheet Sample
MTBL0017
P
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000006029392
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
When the DTC listed below is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
M
Symptom Matrix Chart INFOID:0000000006029394
SYMPTOM
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-486
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-201
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-481
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-167
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-172
tem 3 3
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 1 1 1 1 1 EC-193
EC-383,
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-385
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-193
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-491
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-246
Mass air flow sensor circuit 2 EC-259
1
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 3 3 EC-270
EC-280,
3 EC-287,
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit EC-296,
1 2 2 2 2 2 EC-400,
EC-405
EC-275,
EC-337,
Throttle position sensor circuit EC-436,
EC-438,
2 2 EC-467
EC-440,
EC-455,
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1
EC-460,
EC-472
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-348
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-352
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 3 2 EC-358
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-374
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-376
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir-
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-378
cuit
PNP signal circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-445
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page L
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
N
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Fuel Fuel tank FL-10
5 O
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-182
Vapor lock —
5
Valve deposit — P
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
—
Low octane)
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
IDLING VIBRATION
Warranty symptom code AA ENGINE STALL
AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Air Air duct EM-162
Air cleaner EM-162
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — electric EM-162
5 5 5 5 5 5
throttle control actuator)
5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control actuator EM-165
Air leakage from intake manifold/
EM-165
Collector/Gasket
Cranking Battery SC-4
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Generator circuit SC-23
Starter circuit 3 SC-8
1
Signal plate 6 EM-230
AT-92, EC-
PNP signal 4
445
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-213
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-230
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
Valve Timing chain EM-187
mecha-
Camshaft EM-197
nism
Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-187
Intake valve
3 EM-213
Exhaust valve
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket EM-169,
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
EX-4
Three way catalyst
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
PBIB3261E
1. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Refrigerant pressure sensor
and spark plug valve
4. Knock sensor 5. Fuel injector 6. Cooling fan motor
7. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 8. IPDM E/R 9. ECM
10. Mass air flow sensor 11. Engine coolant temperature sensor 12. Electric throttle control actuator
(with intake air temperature sensor) (with throttle position sensor, throttle
control motor)
13. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
EC
L
BBIA0724E
: Vehicle front M
1. Mass air flow sensor 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor 3. Electric throttle control actuator
(with intake air temperature sensor) (with built in throttle position sensor,
throttle control motor) N
4. PCV valve 5. Cooling fan motor 6. Resistor
7. Refrigerant pressure sensor
O
BBIA0735E
: Vehicle front
1. Intake valve timing control solenoid 2. Knock sensor 3. IPDM E/R
valve
4. Fuel pump fuse 5. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 6. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
harness connector (view with in-
spection hole cover removed)
7. Fuel pressure regulator 8. Fuel level sensor 9. Fuel tank temperature sensor
10. Ignition coil 11. Fuel injector
EC
L
BBIA0733E
: Vehicle front M
1. HO2S1 2. Three way catalyst (Manifold) 3. HO2S2
4. Three way catalyst (Under floor) 5. Muffler 6. HO2S1 harness connector
7. HO2S2 harness connector N
PBIA9902J
: Vehicle front
1. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
4. ECM 5. Stop lamp switch 6. Accelerator pedal position sensor
EC
PBIB3345E
L
: From EVAP canister
1. EVAP canister purge volume control 2. Intake manifold 3. EVAP purge resonator
solenoid valve M
NOTE:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hoses or purge hoses.
ABBWA0372GB
EC
AABWA0139GB
PBIA9221J
PREPARATION
1. ECM (1) is located in the engine room left side near battery.
• : Vehicle front
PBIB2959E
PBIB2947E
Termi- Wire
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
Approximately 3.2 V
PBIA8150J
EC
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: Below 3,400 rpm.
Heated oxygen sensor 1 C
3 G
heater
PBIA8148J
PBIA8149J
G
Approximately 10 V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the H
following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for I
5 G
heater 1 minute under no load.
PBIA8148J
L
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
M
EVAP canister purge volume
9 P PBIB0050E
control solenoid valve
Approximately 10 V N
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More
O
than 100 seconds after starting engine)
PBIB0520E
P
10 B [Engine is running]
ECM ground Body ground
11 B • Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: OFF]
15 Y Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V
0 - 0.3 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle.
17 R Ignition signal No. 1
18 LG Ignition signal No. 2 PBIA9265J
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm.
PBIA9266J
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
PBIA4943J
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.0 V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
32 P
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning ig-
(11 - 14 V)
nition switch OFF
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36 V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
33 LG Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
Less than 4.75 V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Approximately 4.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle.
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
PBIB2999E
1.0 - 2.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle.
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm.
PBIB2987E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
FUNCTION
A
DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978/ISO
15031-4 has 8 different functions explained below. EC
ISO9141 is used as the protocol.
The name GST or Generic Scan Tool is used in this service manual.
C
SEF139P
E
FUNCTION
BBIA0734E
SEF398S
SEF416S
Remarks:
z Specification data are reference values.
z Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in spite of the
ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals
input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
Monitor Item Condition Specification
• Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indica- Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED
tion. tachometer indication.
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-237.
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-237.
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-237.
COOLAN TEMP/S • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0
HO2S1 (B1) • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm
V
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met.
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0
HO2S2 (B1) - Engine: After warming up
V
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load
LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Changes more than 5 times
during 10 seconds.
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met.
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) - Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load
• Engine: After warming up, idle the Steering wheel: Not being turned OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL
engine
H
Steering wheel: Being turned ON
Rear window defogger switch: ON
ON
and/or Lighting switch: 2nd
LOAD SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON I
Rear window defogger switch and light-
OFF
ing switch: OFF
IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON
J
Heater fan: Operating. ON
HEATER FAN SW • Ignition switch: ON
Heater fan: Not operating OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF K
BRAKE SW • Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
• Air conditioner switch: OFF L
INJ PULSE-B1 • Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
(M/T) 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
• No load
M
• Engine: After warming up Idle 8° - 18° BTDC
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
IGN TIMING • Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
(M/T) 2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC N
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 10% - 35%
• Air conditioner switch: OFF O
CAL/LD VALUE • Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
(M/T) 2,500 rpm 10% - 35%
• No load
P
• Engine: After warming up Idle 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
MASS AIRFLOW • Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
(M/T) 2,500 rpm 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
• No load
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONI- EC
TOR” mode of CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC”
of “DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the
value in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have
one or more malfunctions. C
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items: D
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion)
• A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor) E
F
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F) G
• Engine speed: Idle
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- A/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID H
TEMP SE” (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
- M/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
• Electrical load: Not applied
- Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight I
ahead.
Inspection Procedure INFOID:0000000006029405
J
NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-193, "Basic Inspection". K
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode
L
with CONSULT-III.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to EC-238, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
OVERALL SEQUENCE
PBIB2384E
EC
PBIB3213E
DETAILED PROCEDURE P
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-237, "Testing Condition".
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
NOTE:
>> GO TO 8. A
8.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1. Start engine. EC
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
OK or NG
C
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST D
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop.
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART F
>> GO TO 11. I
11.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1. Start engine. J
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
OK or NG
K
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 FUNCTION L
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
2. Select “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
3. Running engine at 2,000 rpm under no load (The engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.), M
check that the monitor fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1. Start engine.
>> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-209, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
17.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 18.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25.
18.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
- Engine oil level is too high
- Engine oil viscosity
- Belt tension of alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
- Noise from engine
- Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
- Valve clearance malfunction
- Intake valve timing control function malfunction
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
>> GO TO 22.
22.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” C
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value. D
OK or NG
OK >> 1. Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-259.
2. GO TO 29. E
NG >> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
F
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
G
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG (More than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 29.
24.REPLACE ECM H
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-211, "ECM
Re-communicating Function". I
3. Perform EC-199, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
4. Perform EC-199, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
5. Perform EC-199, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
J
>> GO TO 29.
25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM K
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element L
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 27.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26.
26.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” N
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG O
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 27.
27.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1” P
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 28.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 30.
>> GO TO 30.
29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-209, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
30.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then make sure that the indication is
within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-209, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function EC
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent
incidents occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident
occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may C
not indicate the specific malfunctioning area.
Common Intermittent Incidents Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow Situation D
2 The CONSULT-III is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than [0] or [1t].
3 or 4 The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
E
5 (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
10 The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006029408
1.INSPECTION START
G
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-175, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
>> GO TO 2. H
2.CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
Refer to EC-251, "Ground Inspection". I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
J
NG >> Repair or replace.
3.SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
Perform GI-16, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION K
TESTS”.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END L
NG >> Repair or replace.
AABWA0140GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Revision: June 2010 EC-246 2011 Tiida GOM
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR18DE]
Termi- A
Wire Color Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No.
10 B [Engine is running]
ECM ground Body ground
11 B • Idle speed
EC
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.0 V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
32 P
ECM relay OFF C
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition
(11 - 14 V)
switch OFF D
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
93 O Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14 V) E
Power supply for BATTERY VOLTAGE
105 G [Ignition switch: ON]
ECM (11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running] F
108 B ECM ground Body ground
• Idle speed
1.INSPECTION START
Start engine. H
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 8. I
No >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 93 and ground with CON-
SULT-III or tester.
K
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
M
PBIA9561J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P
4.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to EC-251, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0698E
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E24 2. Engine ground F9 3. Engine ground F16
4. Body ground E15
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 10, 11, 108 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
PBIB2658E
PBIA9562J
H
10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. I
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 105 and IPDM E/R terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
J
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L
11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43. M
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 32 and IPDM E/R terminal 7.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
N
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG O
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 12.
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK 20 A FUSE
1. Disconnect 20 A fuse from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 20 A fuse.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace 20 A fuse.
14.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to EC-251, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0698E
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E24 2. Engine ground F9 3. Engine ground F16
4. Body ground E15
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
15.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 10, 11, 108 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
A
Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works. EC
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drasti-
cally affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface.
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules: C
• Remove the ground bolt or screw.
• Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
• Clean as required to assure good contact. D
• Reinstall bolt or screw securely.
• Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.
• If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one eye- E
let make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-29, "Ground Distribution".
F
PBIB1870E
K
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000006029413
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
• When ECM is not transmitting or receiving
U1000*1
CAN communication signal of OBD (emission-
1000*1 related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more. • Harness or connectors
CAN communication
• When ECM is not transmitting or receiving (CAN communication line is open or
line
U1001*2 CAN communication signal other than OBD shorted.)
1001*2 (emission-related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or
more.
*1: This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. (A/T)
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. (M/T)
*2: The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
EC
BBWA2672E
P
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000006029418
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
U1010 When detecting error during the initial diagno-
CAN communication bus • ECM
1010 sis for CAN controller of ECM.
1.INSPECTION START
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-254, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
3. Is the 1st trip DTC U1010 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-211, "ECM
Re-communicating Function".
3. Perform EC-199, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
4. Perform EC-199, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
5. Perform EC-199, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC
J
PBIB3333E
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve. K
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to L
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000006029422
M
Specification data are reference values.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction is detected.
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE:
• If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P1111, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1111. See EC-
378.
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
1. Start engine.
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi- C
nated.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. D
NG >> Go to LU-17, "Inspection".
PBIA8559J
F
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-258, "Component Inspection".
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
H
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-357, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) J
O
PBIA9557J
Terminal Resistance
1 and 2 6.7 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist.)
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
If OK, go to next step.
3. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. PBIA9591J
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It EC
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater C
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The D
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
PBIA9559J E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000006029429
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
L
• Harness or connectors
P0102 Mass air flow sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0102 circuit low input to ECM. • Intake air leaks
• Mass air flow sensor M
• Harness or connectors
P0103 Mass air flow sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0103 circuit high input sent to ECM.
• Mass air flow sensor N
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
O
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000006029431
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
Revision: June 2010 EC-259 2011 Tiida GOM
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR18DE]
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-262, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-262, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
4. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
5. Check DTC.
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-262, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC
BBWA2678E
P
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Termi- Wire
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.0 V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
32 P
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14 V)
tion switch OFF
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0.4 V
• Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.8 - 1.1 V
45 G Mass air flow sensor • Idle speed
[Engine is running] 0.8 - 1.1 to Approximately 2.4 V
• Warm-up condition (Check for linear voltage rise in
• Engine is revving from idle to about 4,000 response to engine being in-
rpm creased to about 4,000 rpm.)
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
52 LG • Warm-up condition Approximately 0 V
(Mass air flow sensor)
• Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
105 G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14 V)
1.INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated?
P0102 or P0103
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check the following for connection.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Reconnect the parts.
3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body.
Refer to EC-251, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0698E
: Vehicle front A
1. Body ground E24 2. Engine ground F9 3. Engine ground F16
4. Body ground E15
EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
C
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor (1) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. D
BBIA0701E
G
3. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
H
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. I
NG >> GO TO 5.
J
PBIB1168E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. N
3. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 52.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
O
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG P
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 45.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about
4,000 rpm. PBIA9564J
D
4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element E
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system parts
b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 and 3 again. F
If OK, go to next step.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. G
7. Perform step 2 and 3 again.
8. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
H
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006029435
The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor
(1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
PBIA9559J
<Reference data>
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
Intake air tempera-
P0112 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
ture sensor circuit
0112 sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
low input
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Intake air tempera- • Intake air temperature sensor
P0113 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
ture sensor circuit
0113 sent to ECM.
high input
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-267, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC
BBWA2679E
P
BBIA0698E
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E24 2. Engine ground F9 3. Engine ground F16
4. Body ground E15
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor) (1) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0701E
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
PBIB1169E
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal 6 and ECM terminal 55.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Refer to EC-245.
C
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006029441
D
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (1) terminals 5
E
and 6 under the following conditions.
PBIA9559J
H
K
SEF012P
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
Engine coolant tem-
P0117 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
perature sensor cir-
0117 sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
cuit low input
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Engine coolant tem- • Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0118 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
perature sensor cir-
0118 sent to ECM.
cuit high input
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine coolant temper- Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)
ature sensor circuit Approx. 4 minutes or more after engine starting 80°C (176°F) C
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while D
engine is running.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. F
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-272, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
BBWA2680E
EC
BBIA0698E
D
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E24 2. Engine ground F9 3. Engine ground F16
4. Body ground E15 E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. F
PBIB3324E J
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors. M
PBIB0080E
PBIB2005E
<Reference data>
SEF012P
F
Specification data are reference values.
I
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-440. J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0122 Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor
K
• Harness or connectors
0122 2 circuit low input 2 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
P0123 Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor • Electric throttle control actuator
0123 2 circuit high input 2 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2) L
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. M
NOTE: P
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-277, "Diagnosis Procedure".
ALBWA0140GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Termi- Wire A
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36 V EC
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
33 LG Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped C
Less than 4.75 V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON] D
• Engine stopped
Less than 4.75 V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
34 O Throttle position sensor 2 E
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36 V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed F
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
36 Y • Warm-up condition Approximately 0 V
(Throttle position sensor)
• Idle speed
G
Sensor power supply
72 V [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V
(Throttle position sensor)
BBIA0698E M
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E24 2. Engine ground F9 3. Engine ground F16 N
4. Body ground E15
OK or NG
O
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT P
PBIB3325E
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
PBIB3646E
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 36.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Refer to EC-245.
EC
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006029456
C
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
D
2. Perform EC-199, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set selector lever to D position (A/T) or 1st position (M/T). E
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 33 (TP sensor 1 signal),
34 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following condi-
tions.
F
SEF463R
SEF288D
• Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm. LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high.
PBIB2266E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
P0132 Heated oxygen sensor 1 An excessively high voltage from the sensor
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0132 circuit high voltage is sent to ECM.
• Heated oxygen sensor 1
A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. EC
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes. C
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-283, "Diagnosis Procedure".
D
ABBWA0373GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Termi- Wire
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
EC
Approximately 10 V
[Engine is running] C
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: Below 3,400 rpm.
Heated oxygen sensor 1
3 G
heater D
PBIA8148J
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
BBIA0698E M
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E24 2. Engine ground F9 3. Engine ground F16 N
4. Body ground E15
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. O
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 P
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB2966E
EC
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. C
2. Set “POST_TRIGGER” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
D
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-III screen.
6. Check the following. E
• “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 sec-
onds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown in the figure. F
• “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6 V at least once.
• “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3 V at least once.
• “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0 V. G
SEF217YA H
K
PBIB3648E
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. L
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-III M
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 49 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
N
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
• The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3 V and 0.6 to 1.0 V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds. O
• The maximum voltage is over 0.6 V at least 1 time.
• The minimum voltage is below 0.3 V at least 1 time.
• The voltage never exceeds 1.0 V. P
1 time: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V
2 times: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V
→ 0 - 0.3 V
CAUTION: PBIA9566J
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new
one.
SEF463R E
SEF288D
I
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000006029467
PBIB2991E
P
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Heated oxygen sensor 1
• Fuel pressure
P0133 Heated oxygen sensor 1 The response of the voltage signal from the
• Fuel injector
0133 circuit slow response sensor takes more than the specified time.
• Intake air leaks
• Exhaust gas leaks
• PCV valve
• Mass air flow sensor
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P0133” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-III.
4. Touch “START”.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,400 rpm after this step. If the engine speed limit is exceeded,
return to step 5.
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 40 to
50 seconds.)
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 49 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
ABBWA0373GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Termi- Wire
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
EC
Approximately 10 V
[Engine is running] C
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: Below 3,400 rpm.
Heated oxygen sensor 1
3 G
heater D
PBIA8148J
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
BBIA0698E M
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E24 2. Engine ground F9 3. Engine ground F16 N
4. Body ground E15
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. O
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 P
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB2966E
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace.
4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace.
5.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-175, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
BBIA0701E
Yes or No
Revision: June 2010 EC-292 2011 Tiida GOM
DTC P0133 HO2S1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR18DE]
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or DTC P0172. Refer to EC-325 or EC-331.
No >> GO TO 6. A
6.CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
EC
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector (1).
- : Vehicle front
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 1 and ECM C
terminal 56. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
1. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 4 and ECM terminal 49.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
G
Continuity should exist.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 49 or HO2S1 terminal 4 and ground. H
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
SEF217YA
PBIB3648E
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 49 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
• The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3 V and 0.6 to 1.0 V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
• The maximum voltage is over 0.6 V at least 1 time.
• The minimum voltage is below 0.3 V at least 1 time.
• The voltage never exceeds 1.0 V.
1 time: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V
2 times: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V
→ 0 - 0.3 V
CAUTION: PBIA9566J
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new
one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
A
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-169, "Removal and Installation".
EC
SEF463R
SEF288D
SEF237U
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
P0134 Heated oxygen sensor 1 The voltage from the sensor is constantly ap-
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0134 circuit no activity detected prox. 0.3 V.
• Heated oxygen sensor 1
A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE: EC
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. C
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
D
2. Select “HO2S1 (B1) P0134” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “START”.
4. Let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE: E
Never raise engine speed above 3,400 rpm after this step. If the engine speed limit is exceeded,
return to step 4.
5. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Maintain
F
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 10 to
60 seconds.)
G
ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,400 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.3 - 13.0 msec H
Shift lever Suitable position
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
6. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC- I
299, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000006029479
J
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
K
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 49 (HO2S1 signal) and ground. L
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
• The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 to 0.4 V. M
4. If NG, go to EC-299, "Diagnosis Procedure".
O
PBIA9566J
ABBWA0373GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Termi- Wire
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
EC
Approximately 10 V
[Engine is running] C
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: Below 3,400 rpm.
Heated oxygen sensor 1
3 G
heater D
PBIA8148J
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
BBIA0698E M
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E24 2. Engine ground F9 3. Engine ground F16 N
4. Body ground E15
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. O
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P
SEF217YA
PBIB3648E G
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread H
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-III
I
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 49 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con- J
stant under no load.
• The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3 V and 0.6 to 1.0 V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
K
• The maximum voltage is over 0.6 V at least 1 time.
• The minimum voltage is below 0.3 V at least 1 time.
• The voltage never exceeds 1.0 V.
1 time: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V L
2 times: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V
→ 0 - 0.3 V
CAUTION: PBIA9566J M
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new
one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread N
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006029483
O
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen
P0135 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit
sensor 1 heater
0135 (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM is open or shorted.)
control circuit
through the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 11 V and 16 V at
idle.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-304, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC
ABBWA0374GB
P
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Termi- Wire
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
Approximately 10 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: Below 3,400 rpm.
Heated oxygen sensor 1
3 G
heater
PBIA8148J
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
BBIA0698E
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E24 2. Engine ground F9 3. Engine ground F16
4. Body ground E15
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK HO2S1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
EC
PBIB3305E
D
3. Check voltage between HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
E
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. F
NG >> GO TO 3.
G
PBIA9576J
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S1 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 3 and HO2S1 terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. L
PBIA9577J
L
PBIB1848E
M
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
P0138 Heated oxygen sensor 2 An excessively high voltage from the sensor
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0138 circuit high voltage is sent to ECM. N
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
O
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
P
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-309, "Diagnosis Procedure".
ABBWA0375GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Termi- Wire
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
EC
Approximately 10 V
[Engine is running]
• Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions
are met. C
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
Heated oxygen sensor 2 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
5 G
heater under no load D
PBIA8148J
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006029497
N
BBIA0698E
: Vehicle front O
1. Body ground E24 2. Engine ground F9 3. Engine ground F16
4. Body ground E15
OK or NG P
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC
PBIB3649E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. D
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.46 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 E
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
F
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground. H
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) I
The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.46 V at
least once during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed at step 6, step 7 is not nec- J
essary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position
with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T). K
The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.46 V at PBIB2996E
least once during this procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2. L
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. M
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006029499
N
SEF302U
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0139 Heated oxygen sensor 2 It takes more time for the sensor to respond be- • Heated oxygen sensor 2
0139 circuit slow response tween rich and lean than the specified time. • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leaks
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
• “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-III screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3”
are completed.
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
I
NOTE:
• If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2 in Procedure for COND1.
• If “COMPLETED” already appears at “COND2” on CONSULT-III screen before Procedure for
COND2 is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND2. J
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
EC
ABBWA0375GB
P
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Termi- Wire
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
Approximately 10 V
[Engine is running]
• Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions
are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
Heated oxygen sensor 2 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
5 G
heater under no load
PBIA8148J
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
BBIA0698E
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E24 2. Engine ground F9 3. Engine ground F16
4. Body ground E15
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Revision: June 2010 EC-316 2011 Tiida GOM
DTC P0139 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR18DE]
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. A
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
EC
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
C
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector. D
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-175, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information". E
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine? F
BBIA0701E
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-325 or EC-331.
No >> GO TO 3. G
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (2).
- : Vehicle front
- Heated oxygen sensor 2 (1)
I
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 1 and ECM
terminal 59.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. J
6. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
PBIB3649E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.46 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.46 V at
least once during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed at step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position
with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.46 V at PBIB2996E
least once during this procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen
P0141 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit
sensor 2 heater
0141 (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM is open or shorted.)
control circuit
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 11 V and 16 V at
idle.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-322, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC
ABBWA0376GB
P
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Termi- Wire
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
Approximately 10 V
[Engine is running]
• Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions
are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
Heated oxygen sensor 2 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
5 G
heater under no load
PBIA8148J
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
BBIA0698E
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E24 2. Engine ground F9 3. Engine ground F16
4. Body ground E15
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
BBIA0700E
D
3. Check voltage between HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
E
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. F
NG >> GO TO 3.
G
PBIA9576J
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 5 and HO2S2 terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. L
PBIA9577J
With the Air-Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the EC
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the C
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
NOTE: I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III J
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
K
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-III.
4. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
L
5. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
6. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-328,
M
"Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min-
utes. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. O
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
P
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
10. If it is difficult to start engine at step 8, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
11. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-328, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
EC
AABWA0143GB
P
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Termi- Wire
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
Approximately 10 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: Below 3,400 rpm.
Heated oxygen sensor 1
3 G
heater
PBIA8148J
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
PBIA4943J
[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0 V
49 SB Heated oxygen sensor 1 • Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
56 P Approximately 0 V
(Heated oxygen sensor 1) • Idle speed
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
SEC502D
OK or NG
Without CONSULT-III
1. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
PBIB3332E
PBIA9666J
With the Air-Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the EC
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the C
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
H
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
I
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-III.
4. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. K
5. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
6. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-334, L
"Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised. M
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min-
utes. Refer to the table below. N
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
O
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH) P
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
7. If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
8. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is
detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
8. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
9. Select Service $07 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be
detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC- BBIA0701E
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
10. If it is difficult to start engine at step 8, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
11. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
If engine starts, go to EC-334, "Diagnosis Procedure". If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and
check for fouling, etc.
EC
AABWA0143GB
P
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Termi- Wire
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
Approximately 10 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: Below 3,400 rpm.
Heated oxygen sensor 1
3 G
heater
PBIA8148J
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
PBIA4943J
[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0 V
49 SB Heated oxygen sensor 1 • Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
56 P Approximately 0 V
(Heated oxygen sensor 1) • Idle speed
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
SEC502D
OK or NG
Without CONSULT-III
1. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
PBIB3332E
F
Specification data are reference values.
I
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P0222 or P0223 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-440. J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0222 Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 1
K
• Harness or connectors
0222 1 circuit low input is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
P0223 Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 1 • Electric throttle control actuator
0223 1 circuit high input is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1) L
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
M
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at P
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-339, "Diagnosis Procedure".
ALBWA0139GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Termi- Wire A
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36 V EC
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
33 LG Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped C
Less than 4.75 V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON] D
• Engine stopped
Less than 4.75 V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
34 O Throttle position sensor 2 E
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36 V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed F
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
36 Y • Warm-up condition Approximately 0 V
(Throttle position sensor)
• Idle speed
G
Sensor power supply
72 V [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V
(Throttle position sensor)
BBIA0698E M
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E24 2. Engine ground F9 3. Engine ground F16 N
4. Body ground E15
OK or NG
O
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT P
PBIB3325E
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
PBIB3646E
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 36.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Refer to EC-245.
EC
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006029531
C
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
D
2. Perform EC-199, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set selector lever to D (A/T), 1st (M/T) position. E
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 33 (TP sensor 1 signal),
34 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following condi-
tions.
F
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank-
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfire
Multiple cylinder misfire. • Improper spark plug
0300 detected
• Insufficient compression
P0301 No.1 cylinder misfire de- • Incorrect fuel pressure
No. 1 cylinder misfires.
0301 tected • Fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
• Fuel injector
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire
No. 2 cylinder misfires. • Intake air leak
0302 detected
• The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfire • Lack of fuel
No. 3 cylinder misfires.
0303 detected • Drive plate or flywheel
• Heated oxygen sensor 1
P0304 No. 4 cylinder misfire
No. 4 cylinder misfires. • Incorrect PCV hose connection
0304 detected
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driv-
ing.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-343, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to table below.
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
EC
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F)
Engine coolant temperature
(T) condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or C
equal to 70°C (158°F)
The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
Refer to the following table. D
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle.
When disconnecting each fuel injector (1) harness connector one at N
a time, is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary
engine speed drop?
O
PBIA9870J
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4.
Revision: June 2010 EC-343 2011 Tiida GOM
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR18DE]
No >> GO TO 7.
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
Does each fuel injector make an operating sound at idle?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> Check fuel injector(s) and circuit(s). Refer to EC-481.
PBIB3332E
SEF156I F
8.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III
1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
2. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and G
the grounded portion.
M
SEF156I
Items Specifications
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Target idle speed
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T: 13 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
Ignition timing
M/T: 13 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Follow the EC-193, "Basic Inspection".
14.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EC-294, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
15.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT-III
Check mass air flow sensor signal in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
>> GO TO 18. A
18.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-245. EC
PBIB3264E
DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detected Condition Possible Cause
P0327 Knock sensor circuit low An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
0327 input sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0328 Knock sensor circuit high An excessively high voltage from the sensor is • Knock sensor
0328 input sent to ECM.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-350, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC
BBWA2683E
P
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Termi- Wire
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
[Engine is running]
37 W Knock sensor Approximately 2.5 V
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
40 — • Warm-up condition Approximately 0 V
(Knock sensor)
• Idle speed
BBIA0698E
: Vehicle front A
1. Body ground E24 2. Engine ground F9 3. Engine ground F16
4. Body ground E15
EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
C
5.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Reconnect knock sensor harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 40 and ground. D
KNOCK SENSOR
Check resistance between knock sensor terminal 1 and ground. I
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more
than 10 MΩ. J
M
KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EM-230, "Disassembly and Assembly".
N
PBIB2997E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not
circuit is open or shorted.)
detected by the ECM during the first few seconds of
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
engine cranking.
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit
P0335 Crankshaft position sen- • The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position
is shorted.)
0335 sor (POS) circuit sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM while the engine is
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
running.
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not in
(APP sensor 2)
the normal pattern during engine running.
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• Signal plate
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni-
tion switch ON.
ABBWA0377GB
Termi- Wire
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
Approximately 4.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
PBIB2999E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
BBIA0698E
: Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. EC
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) (1) harness C
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
D
PBIB3326E
F
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 3.
I
PBIA9583J
J
3.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. K
3. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and ECM terminal 75.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
L
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. M
NG >> Repair open circuit.
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. N
A
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
EC
2. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
3. Remove the sensor.
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping. C
PBIA9210J
F
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.
G
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞ Ω H
2 (+) - 3 (-)
6. If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
I
PBIA9584J
PBIB2997E
NOTE:
If DTC P0340 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to
EC-440.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
the first few seconds during engine cranking.
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0340 Camshaft position sensor • The cylinder No. signal is not set to ECM dur-
• Camshaft (Intake)
0340 (PHASE) circuit ing engine running.
• Starter motor (Refer to SC-8.)
• The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal
• Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-8.)
pattern during engine running.
• Dead (Weak) battery
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni-
tion switch ON.
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-360, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
4. Maintain engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-360, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC
BBWA2685E
P
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Termi- Wire
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
63 BR [Camshaft position sensor • Warm-up condition Approximately 0 V
(PHASE)] • Idle speed
1.0 - 2.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
PBIB2987E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
BBIA0698E
: Vehicle front A
1. Body ground E24 2. Engine ground F9 3. Engine ground F16
4. Body ground E15
EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
C
3.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) (1) har-
ness connector. D
- : Vehicle front
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
E
PBIB3327E
G
3. Check voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
H
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. I
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
J
PBIA9583J
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 63.
L
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
PBIA9557J
PBIA9876J
PBIA9584J
SEF484YF E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause F
• Three way catalyst (manifold)
• Exhaust tube
• Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate
• Intake air leaks G
P0420 Catalyst system efficiency properly.
• Fuel injector
0420 below threshold • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have
• Fuel injector leaks
enough oxygen storage capacity.
• Spark plug
• Improper ignition timing H
NOTE: I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
J
WITH CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:
• Open engine hood before conducting the following procedure.
• Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below. K
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
L
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. M
6. Start engine.
7. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator
pedal completely. N
If “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changed to “COMPLT”, go to step 10
8. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
9. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It O
will take approximately 5 minutes).
If not “CMPLT”, stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F) and then retest from step 1.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle) P
b. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication on CONSULT-III.
d. When “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°(158°F), go to step 3.
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 49 (HO2S1 signal)
and ground, and ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
6. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
PBIA9566J
7. Make sure that the voltage switching frequency (high & low)
between ECM terminal 50 and ground is very less than that of
ECM terminal 49 and ground.
Switching frequency ratio = A/B
A: Heated oxygen sensor 2 voltage switching frequency
B: Heated oxygen sensor 1 voltage switching frequency
This ratio should be less than 0.75.
If the ratio is greater than above, it means three way catalyst
does not operate properly. Go to EC-364, "Diagnosis Proce-
dure".
NOTE: PBIB3000E
If the voltage at terminal 49 does not switch periodically more than 5
times within 10 seconds at step 7, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0133 first. (See EC-287.)
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006029561
SEC502D
OK or NG
L
PBIB3001E
SEF156I
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIA9215J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors EC
(EVAP canister purge volume control
EVAP canister purge volume
P0444 An excessively low voltage signal is sent solenoid valve circuit is open or short-
control solenoid valve circuit
0444 to ECM through the valve ed.)
open C
• EVAP canister purge volume control so-
lenoid valve
BBWA2686E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Termi- Wire
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
EC
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
C
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
D
EVAP canister purge vol-
9 P PBIB0050E
ume control solenoid valve
Approximately 10 V E
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More than F
100 seconds after starting engine)
PBIB0520E G
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.0 V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition switch H
ECM relay OFF
32 P
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition
(11 - 14 V) I
switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
105 G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14 V)
J
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
O
PBIB3306E
PBIB0148E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 9 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
A
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-III EC
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
C
Condition Air passage continuity
(PURG VOL CONT/V value) between A and B
100% Yes
D
0% No
E
PBIA9668J
Without CONSULT-III
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control F
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
PBIA9560J
I
J
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-165, "Removal and Installation".
K
NOTE:
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-252.
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
to EC-254.
The vehicle speed signal is sent from “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)” or combination meter
through CAN communication line.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000006029571
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from (The CAN communication line is open or short-
P0500
Vehicle speed sensor vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM even ed.)
0500
when vehicle is being driven. • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Combination meter
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. The vehicle speed on CON-
SULT-III should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
If NG, go to EC-375, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If OK, go to following steps.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
A
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST EC
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine.
C
3. Read vehicle speed signal in Service $01 with GST.
The vehicle speed signal on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
D
4. If NG, go to EC-375, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006029574
E
1.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)”
Refer to BRC-9.
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER G
PBIA9222J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
P0605
Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. • ECM
0605
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected.
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no problem on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B,
perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-377, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-377, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
1.INSPECTION START EC
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-376, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
3. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again? C
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
D
No >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM. E
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-211, "ECM
Re-communicating Function".
3. Perform EC-199, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
F
4. Perform EC-199, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
5. Perform EC-199, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
G
>> INSPECTION END
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
An improper voltage is sent to the ECM • Harness or connectors
P1111 Intake valve timing control
through intake valve timing control solenoid (Solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
1111 solenoid valve circuit
valve. • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-380, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC
ABBWA0378GB
P
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Termi- Wire
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.0 V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
ECM relay OFF
32 P
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition
(11 - 14 V)
switch OFF
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed
7 - 10 V
Intake valve timing control
73 P
solenoid valve [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly
PBIA4937J
BATTERY VOLTAGE
105 G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14 V)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve (1) har-
ness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB3323E
PBIA9590J
J
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
1. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
2. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid K
valve as follows.
Terminal Resistance L
1 and 2 6.7 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist.) M
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
If OK, go to next step.
3. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. PBIA9591J N
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. EC
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throt-
tle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening C
angle properly in response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000006029588
D
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Electric throttle control actuator does not function
A)
properly due to the return spring malfunction.
P1121 Electric throttle control F
Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is • Electric throttle control actuator
1121 actuator B)
not in specified range.
C) ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.
G
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
H
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position.
Malfunction A
The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. I
Malfunction B ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
Malfunction C The engine can restart in N or P position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T), and engine speed will not exceed J
1,000 rpm or more.
BBIA0711E
NOTE: EC
If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121 or P1126, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121
or P1126. Refer to EC-383 or EC-391.
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. C
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition. D
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000006029592
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors F
P1122 Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not oper- (Throttle control motor circuit is open or
1122 performance ate properly. shorted)
• Electric throttle control actuator
G
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
H
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring. I
NOTE: J
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: K
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V when
engine is running.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. L
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-387, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
ALBWA0129GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Termi- Wire
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
EC
0 - 14 V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: OFF] H
15 Y Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006029595
N
BBIA0698E
: Vehicle front O
1. Body ground E24 2. Engine ground F9 3. Engine ground F16
4. Body ground E15
P
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 15 and ground with CON-
SULT-III or tester.
PBIA9569J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
8.CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 15 A fuse.
2. Check 15 A fuse for blown. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace 15 A fuse. E
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-245. F
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. G
10.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connec- H
tor.
- : Vehicle front
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. I
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
J
Electric throttle control
ECM terminal Continuity
actuator terminal
1 Should not exist. K
5 PBIB3325E
4 Should exist.
1 Should exist.
6 L
4 Should not exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair or replace.
11.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY N
1. Remove the intake air duct.
2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing. O
- : Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. P
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
BBIA0711E
PBIB3647E
Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle EC
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM. C
F
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause G
• Harness or connectors
P1124 Throttle control motor ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
1124 relay circuit short stuck ON. shorted)
• Throttle control motor relay
H
• Harness or connectors
P1126 Throttle control motor ECM detects a voltage of power source for (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
1126 relay circuit open throttle control motor is excessively low. open) I
• Throttle control motor relay
FAIL-SAFE MODE
J
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at M
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1124
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 seconds. N
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-393, "Diagnosis Procedure".
O
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1126
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V.
P
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 second.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-393, "Diagnosis Procedure".
ALBWA0130GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Termi- Wire
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
EC
0 - 14 V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: OFF] H
15 Y Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006029603
PBIA9569J
N
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E46. O
3. Check continuity between ECM terminal 15 and IPDM E/R terminal 46.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
P
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Revision: June 2010 EC-393 2011 Tiida GOM
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR18DE]
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F8
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 15 A fuse.
2. Check 15 A fuse for blown.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace 15 A fuse.
5.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
Check voltage between ECM terminal 2 and ground under the fol-
lowing conditions with CONSULT-III or tester.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-245.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. EC
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
C
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000006029605
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors E
P1128 Throttle control motor ECM detects short in both circuits between (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
1128 circuit short ECM and throttle control motor. • Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor)
F
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
G
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
H
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000006029606
NOTE: I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. J
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-397, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
ALBWA0131GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Termi- Wire
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
EC
0 - 14 V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: OFF] H
15 Y Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006029608
N
BBIA0698E
: Vehicle front O
1. Body ground E24 2. Engine ground F9 3. Engine ground F16
4. Body ground E15
P
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
PBIB3647E
EC
SEF463R
SEF288D
To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is sufficiently
high and whether the “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the
outputs are shifting to the lean side, the malfunction will be detected.
SEF300U
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause A
• Heated oxygen sensor 1
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
P1143 Heated oxygen sensor 1 The maximum and minimum voltage from the
1143 lean shift monitoring sensor are not reached to the specified voltages.
• Fuel pressure EC
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leaks
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. D
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
E
TESTING CONDITION:
• Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
• Before performing following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
F
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds. G
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P1143” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-III.
4. Touch “START”. H
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,400 rpm after this step. If the engine speed limit is exceeded, I
return to step 5.
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 50 J
seconds or more.)
N
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST O
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 49 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
P
PBIA9566J
BBIA0698E
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E24 2. Engine ground F9 3. Engine ground F16
4. Body ground E15
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1 (1).
• : Vehicle front
• Exhaust manifold (2)
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB2966E
Without CONSULT-III A
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. EC
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed. C
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-175, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. D
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
BBIA0701E
Yes or No E
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-325.
No >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER F
SEF217YA
PBIB3648E
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 49 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
• The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3 V and 0.6 to 1.0 V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
• The maximum voltage is over 0.6 V at least 1 time.
• The minimum voltage is below 0.3 V at least 1 time.
• The voltage never exceeds 1.0 V.
1 time: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V
2 times: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V
→ 0 - 0.3 V
CAUTION: PBIA9566J
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new
one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006029618
SEF463R E
SEF288D
I
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000006029620
To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor M
1 is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is sufficiently
high and “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the outputs are
shifting to the rich side, the malfunction will be detected.
N
SEF299U
P
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Heated oxygen sensor 1
P1144 Heated oxygen sensor 1 The maximum and minimum voltages from the • Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
1144 rich shift monitoring sensor are beyond the specified voltages. • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P1144” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-III.
4. Touch “START”.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,400 rpm after this step. If the engine speed limit is exceeded,
return to step 5.
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 50
seconds or more.)
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 49 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check one of the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm
constant under no load.
• The maximum voltage is below 0.8 V at least 1 time.
• The minimum voltage is below 0.35 V at least 1 time.
4. If NG, go to EC-406, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PBIA9566J
EC
BBIA0698E
E
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E24 2. Engine ground F9 3. Engine ground F16
4. Body ground E15
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. G
2.RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1 (1).
H
• : Vehicle front
• Exhaust manifold (2)
>> GO TO 3. J
PBIB2966E
K
3.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. L
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. M
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
N
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and O
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector. P
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-175, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
BBIA0701E
PBIB3305E
SEF217YA
PBIB3648E G
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread H
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-III
I
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 49 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con- J
stant under no load.
• The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3 V and 0.6 to 1.0 V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
K
• The maximum voltage is over 0.6 V at least 1 time.
• The minimum voltage is below 0.3 V at least 1 time.
• The voltage never exceeds 1.0 V.
1 time: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V L
2 times: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V
→ 0 - 0.3 V
CAUTION: PBIA9566J M
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new
one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread N
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006029626
O
PBIB3307E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P1146 Heated oxygen sensor 2 The minimum voltage from the sensor is not
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
1146 minimum voltage monitoring reached to the specified voltage.
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
• “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-III screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3”
are completed.
• If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
I
NOTE:
• If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2 in Procedure for COND1.
• If “COMPLETED” already appears at “COND2” on CONSULT-III screen before Procedure for
COND2 is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND2. J
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the operating temperature.
EC
ABBWA0375GB
P
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Termi- Wire
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
Approximately 10 V
[Engine is running]
• Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions
are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
Heated oxygen sensor 2 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
5 G
heater under no load
PBIA8148J
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
BBIA0698E
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E24 2. Engine ground F9 3. Engine ground F16
4. Body ground E15
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Revision: June 2010 EC-414 2011 Tiida GOM
DTC P1146 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR18DE]
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. A
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
EC
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
C
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector. D
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-175, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information". E
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine? F
BBIA0701E
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-331.
No >> GO TO 3. G
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (2).
- : Vehicle front
- Heated oxygen sensor 2 (1)
I
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 1 and ECM
terminal 59.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. J
PBIB3649E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.46 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.46 V at
least once during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed at step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.46 V at PBIB2996E
least once during this procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
SEF259VA
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit open or shorted.)
P1147 Heated oxygen sensor 2 max- The maximum voltage from the sensor is not • Heated oxygen sensor 2
1147 imum voltage monitoring reached to the specified voltage. • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leaks
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
• “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-III screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3”
are completed.
• If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
I
NOTE:
• If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2 in Procedure for COND1.
• If “COMPLETED” already appears at “COND2” on CONSULT-III screen before Procedure for
COND2 is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND2. J
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
EC
ABBWA0375GB
P
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Termi- Wire
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
Approximately 10 V
[Engine is running]
• Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions
are met.
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
Heated oxygen sensor 2 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
5 G
heater under no load
PBIA8148J
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
BBIA0698E
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E24 2. Engine ground F9 3. Engine ground F16
4. Body ground E15
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Revision: June 2010 EC-422 2011 Tiida GOM
DTC P1147 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR18DE]
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. A
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
EC
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
C
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector. D
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-175, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information". E
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine? F
BBIA0701E
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-325.
No >> GO TO 3. G
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (2).
- : Vehicle front
- Heated oxygen sensor 2 (1)
I
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 1 and ECM
terminal 59.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. J
PBIB3649E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.46 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.46 V at
least once during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed at step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position
with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.46 V at PBIB2996E
least once during this procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
NOTE:
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-252.
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
to EC-254.
Cooling Fan Control
PBIB2852E
PBIB3335E
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will I
rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction
is indicated.
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors K
(The cooling fan circuit is open or short-
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over- ed.)
heat). • Cooling fan
L
• Cooling fan system does not operate properly • IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relays)
P1217 Engine over temperature (Overheat). • Radiator hose
1217 (Overheat) • Engine coolant was not added to the system • Radiator
using the proper filling method. • Radiator cap M
• Engine coolant is not within the specified • Water pump
range. • Thermostat
For more information, refer to EC-433,
"Main 13 Causes of Overheating". N
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-23, "Changing Engine
Coolant". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-18, "Changing Engine Oil". O
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to CO-23, "Changing Engine Coolant".
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
P
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000006029648
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
firmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
EC
BBWA2997E
P
ALBWA0132GB
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
SLC755AC O
6.CHECK COMPONENT PARTS
Check the following.
• Thermostat. (Refer to CO-34.) P
• Water control valve. (Refer to CO-37.)
• Engine coolant temperature sensor. (Refer to EC-274, "Component Inspection" .)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.
PBIB2067E
I
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR
Refer to EC-434, "Component Inspection". J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace cooling fan motor. K
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-245. L
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R".
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connector. M
Main 13 Causes of Overheating INFOID:0000000006029651
N
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page
OFF 1 • Blocked radiator • Visual No blocking
• Blocked condenser O
—
• Blocked radiator grille
• Blocked bumper
2 • Coolant mixture • Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture CO-23, "Changing Engine
Coolant".
P
3 • Coolant level • Visual Coolant up to MAX level in
reservoir tank and radiator CO-23, "Inspection".
filler neck
4 • Radiator cap • Pressure tester 59 - 98 kPa
(0.59 - 0.98 bar, 0.6 - 1.0 CO-26, "Checking Radia-
tor Cap".
kg/cm2, 9 - 14 psi) (Limit)
ON*2 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot CO-34, "Removal and In-
lower radiator hoses stallation".
Terminals
(+) (-)
Cooling fan motor 1 2
Cooling fan motor should operate.
If NG, replace cooling fan motor.
SEF888V
terminals
Speed
(+) (−)
1 4
Low
Cooling fan motor 2 3
High 1 and 2 3 and 4 SEF734W
EC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1225 Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning value is exces- • Electric throttle control actuator
1225 learning performance sively low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-436, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006029656
BBIA0711E
EC
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-165, "Removal and Installation".
C
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1226 Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning is not per- • Electric throttle control actuator
1226 learning performance formed successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 32 times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-438, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006029661
BBIA0711E
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
• Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(Throttle position sensor circuit is shorted.)
[Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is
P1229 Sensor power supply ECM detects a voltage of power source for
shorted.]
1229 circuit short sensor is excessively low or high.
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1)
• Throttle position sensor
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-442, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC
ALBWA0133GB
P
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Termi- Wire
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
Sensor power supply
72 V [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V
(Throttle position sensor)
Sensor power supply
78 O [Camshaft position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V
(PHASE)]
Sensor power supply
102 SB [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6 V
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
103 GR
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
104 Y • Warm-up condition Approximately 0 V
(APP sensor 2)
• Idle speed
Sensor power supply
106 P [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9 V
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
110 G
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
111 R • Warm-up condition Approximately 0 V
(APP sensor 1)
• Idle speed
BBIA0698E
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E24 2. Engine ground F9 3. Engine ground F16
4. Body ground E15
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Revision: June 2010 EC-442 2011 Tiida GOM
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR18DE]
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1)
harness connector. A
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC
BBIA0705E D
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
G
PBIA9606J
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
I
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
72 Throttle position sensor terminal 2 EC-468, "Wiring Diagram"
78 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 EC-359, "Wiring Diagram" J
106 APP sensor terminal 4 EC-441, "Wiring Diagram"
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) L
Refer to EC-362, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR N
Refer to EC-471, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. O
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
P
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-199, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-199, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
When the shift lever position is P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T), transmission range switch (A/T), park/neutral posi- EC
tion (PNP) switch (M/T) is ON.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000006029668 C
F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
The park/neutral position (PNP) signal is not G
P1706 (PNP signal circuit is open or shorted.)
Park/neutral position switch changed in the process of engine starting and
1706 • Transmission range switch (A/T)
driving.
• Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T)
H
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000006029670
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. I
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. J
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” sig- K
nal under the following conditions.
L
Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal
N or P position (A/T)
ON
Neutral position (M/T)
M
Except above position OFF
If NG, go to EC-448, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If OK, go to following steps. N
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds. O
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 69 (PNP signal) and
ground under the following conditions.
PBIA9570J
EC
ABBWA0379GB
P
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Termi- Wire
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Park/neutral position • Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) (11 - 14 V)
69 L
(PNP) signal [Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0 V
• Shift lever: Except above
A/T MODELS
1.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect transmission range switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between transmission range terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
PBIB3002E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK PNP SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between transmission range switch terminal 2 and ECM terminal 69.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
PBIB3003E
F
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F8 G
• IPDM E/R Harness connector E43
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between PNP switch and fuse H
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK PNP SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT I
ECM receives input speed sensor signal from TCM through CAN communication line. ECM uses this signal for
engine control.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000006029675
NOTE:
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-252.
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC U1010 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010.
Refer to EC-254.
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0335, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335. Refer
to EC-352.
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0340, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0340. Refer
to EC-358.
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-376.
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
Input speed sensor signal is different from
shorted)
P1715 Input speed sensor the theoretical value calculated by ECM
• Harness or connectors
1715 (TCM output) from revolution sensor signal and engine
(Input speed sensor circuit is open or
rpm signal.
shorted)
• TCM
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed. EC
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000006029679
C
Specification data are reference values.
FAIL-SAFE MODE H
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters in fail-safe mode.
ALBWA0135GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Termi- Wire A
Item Condition Data (Dc Voltage)
nal No. Color
[Ignition switch: OFF]
Approximately 0 V
• Brake pedal: Fully released
99 R Stop lamp switch EC
[Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14 V)
E
Brake pedal Stop lamp
Fully released Not illuminated
Slightly depressed Illuminated
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2. G
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch (1) harness connector.
H
BBIA0710E
K
2. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
L
PBIB2284E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. P
NG >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors M69, E7
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and battery
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch (1) harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminal 2 and ECM terminal 99.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
PBIB2285E
Condition Continuity
Brake pedal: Fully released. Should not exist.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed. Should exist.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to EC-453, "Diagnosis Procedure", and perform step 3
again.
K
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-440. L
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
M
P2122 Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP • Harness or connectors
2122 sensor 1 circuit low input sensor 1 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
P2123 Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP • Accelerator pedal position sensor
2123 sensor 1 circuit high input sensor 1 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 1) N
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. O
NOTE:
ALBWA0136GB
A
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam- EC
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Termi- Wire
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color C
Sensor power supply
102 SB [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON] D
• Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6 V
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
103 GR
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON] E
• Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running] F
Sensor ground
104 Y • Warm-up condition Approximately 0 V
(APP sensor 2)
• Idle speed
Sensor power supply
106 P [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V G
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9 V
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released H
110 G
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed I
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
111 R • Warm-up condition Approximately 0 V
(APP sensor 1)
• Idle speed
J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006029690
O
BBIA0698E
: Vehicle front P
1. Body ground E24 2. Engine ground F9 3. Engine ground F16
4. Body ground E15
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0705E
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
PBIA9606J
Refer to EC-245.
C
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006029691
D
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
E
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 110 (APP sensor 1 sig-
nal), 103 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
F
conditions.
K
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".
L
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P2127 Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP • Harness or connectors
2127 sensor 2 circuit low input sensor 2 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
is shorted.]
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
P2128 Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP shorted.)
2128 sensor 2 circuit high input sensor 2 is sent to ECM. • Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. EC
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
C
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-463, "Diagnosis Procedure".
D
ABBWA0381GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Termi- Wire A
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
Sensor power supply
74 W (Refrigerant pressure sen- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V
EC
sor)
Sensor power supply
75 BR [Crankshaft position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V
(POS)] C
Sensor power supply
102 SB [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON] D
• Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6 V
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
103 GR
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON] E
• Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running] F
Sensor ground
104 Y • Warm-up condition Approximately 0 V
(APP sensor 2)
• Idle speed
Sensor power supply
106 P
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V G
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9 V
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released H
110 G
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed I
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
111 R • Warm-up condition Approximately 0 V
(APP sensor 1)
• Idle speed
J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006029698
O
BBIA0698E
: Vehicle front P
1. Body ground E24 2. Engine ground F9 3. Engine ground F16
4. Body ground E15
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0705E
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIA9607J
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".
F
Specification data are reference values.
I
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to J
EC-440.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
K
• Harness or connector
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM (TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or short-
P2135 Throttle position sensor
compared with the signals from TP sensor 1 ed.)
2135 circuit range/performance L
and TP sensor 2. • Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. M
NOTE: P
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
ALBWA0141GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Termi- Wire
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
EC
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36 V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released C
33 LG Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
Less than 4.75 V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
Less than 4.75 V E
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
34 O Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped F
More than 0.36 V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running] G
Sensor ground
36 Y • Warm-up condition Approximately 0 V
(Throttle position sensor)
• Idle speed
Sensor power supply
72 V [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V H
(Throttle position sensor)
I
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body. J
Refer to EC-251, "Ground Inspection".
BBIA0698E
N
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E24 2. Engine ground F9 3. Engine ground F16
4. Body ground E15 O
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. P
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
PBIB3325E
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
PBIB3646E
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 36.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connector
(APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
Accelerator pedal posi- Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM is shorted.]
P2138
tion sensor circuit range/ compared with the signals from APP sensor 1 (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
2138
performance and APP sensor 2. shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1 and 2)
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
ABBWA0382GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Termi- Wire A
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
Sensor power supply
74 W (Refrigerant pressure sen- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V
EC
sor)
Sensor power supply
75 BR [Crankshaft position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V
(POS)] C
Sensor power supply
102 SB [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON] D
• Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6 V
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
103 GR
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON] E
• Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running] F
Sensor ground
104 Y • Warm-up condition Approximately 0 V
(APP sensor 2)
• Idle speed
Sensor power supply
106 P
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V G
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9 V
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released H
110 G
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed I
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
111 R • Warm-up condition Approximately 0 V
(APP sensor 1)
• Idle speed
J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006029714
O
BBIA0698E
: Vehicle front P
1. Body ground E24 2. Engine ground F9 3. Engine ground F16
4. Body ground E15
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0705E
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
PBIA9606J
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIA9607J
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM EC
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura- C
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs. D
PBIA9664J E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000006029720
AABWA0144GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Termi- Wire
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
EC
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition C
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle D
25 V Fuel injector No. 4
29 Y Fuel injector No. 3 PBIB0529E
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
F
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
G
PBIA4943J
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006029722
1.INSPECTION START I
Turn ignition switch to START.
Is any cylinder ignited?
Yes or No J
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION K
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine. L
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
M
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
N
Clicking noise should be heard.
PBIB3332E
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIA9870J
PBIB0582E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between fuel injector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 25, 29, 30, 31.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
FUEL INJECTOR
EC
1. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.
C
Resistance: 11.1 - 14.5 Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
PBIA9579J
F
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006029724
FUEL INJECTOR
G
Refer to EM-182, "Removal and Installation".
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank.
• Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1)
• Fuel pressure regulator (2)
• Fuel level sensor (3)
• Fuel tank temperature sensor (4)
BBIA0704E
EC
ABBWA0383GB
P
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Termi- Wire
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
[Ignition switch: ON]
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON 0 - 1.0 V
[Engine is running]
23 GR Fuel pump relay
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than 1 second after turning ignition
(11 - 14 V)
switch ON
BBIA0712E
PBIA9573J
PBIB3303E
F
BBIA0702E
G
5. Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
6.CHECK 15 A FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect 15 A fuse.
3. Check 15 A fuse.
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace fuse.
7.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV M
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 3 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
FUEL PUMP
1. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
2. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminals 1 and 3.
SEC918C
FUEL PUMP
Refer to FL-5, "Removal and Installation".
E
PBIA9870J
BBWA2701E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Termi- Wire A
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.0 V EC
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
32 P
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE C
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14 V )
tion switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
105 G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14 V) D
BBWA2702E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Termi- Wire A
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
0 - 0.3 V
[Engine is running] EC
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm C
at idle
17 R Ignition signal No. 1
18 LG Ignition signal No. 2 PBIA9265J
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
E
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
PBIA9266J
F
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
PBIA9567J
PBIA9265J
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.
Revision: June 2010 EC-495 2011 Tiida GOM
IGNITION SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [MR18DE]
PBIA9575J
PBIB3329E
PBIB0624E
PBIA9870J
K
5. Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
L
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. M
NG >> GO TO 11.
N
PBIB0138E
CAUTION:
• Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil H
within 50 cm (19.7 in). Be careful not to get an electrical JMBIA0066GB
PBIB0794E
BBIA0713E
PBIB2657E
EC
BBWA2705E
P
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Termi- Wire
Item Condition Data (DC Voltage)
nal No. Color
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
41 GR Refrigerant pressure sensor 1.0 - 4.0 V
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON
(Compressor operates)
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
48 BR • Warm-up condition Approximately 0 V
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
• Idle speed
Sensor power supply
74 W [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
PBIA9574J
BBIA0698E
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E24 2. Engine ground F9 3. Engine ground F16
4. Body ground E15
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
EC
BBIA0713E
D
3. Check voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3
and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
E
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. F
NG >> GO TO 4.
G
SEF479Y
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 48. K
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P
1. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 41.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-245.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
NG >> Repair or replace.
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006029739
EC
P
ABBWA0384GB
ABBWA0385GB
EC
Fuel pressure at idle Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
H
Condition Calculated load value (Using CONSULT-III or GST)
At idle 10 - 35 %
I
At 2,500 rpm 10 - 35 %
M
Temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ
25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
N
80 (176) 0.283 - 0.359
BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000006029754
EC
OVERALL SEQUENCE
C
JMBIA0078GB
DETAILED FLOW
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
1. Check DTC.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT-III .)
- Erase DTC. (Refer to EC-585, "Diagnosis Description".)
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
(Symptom Table is useful. Refer to EC-924, "Symptom Table".)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Is any symptom described and is any DTC detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
Also study the normal operation and fail safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-928, "Description" and EC-
910, "Fail Safe".
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Also study the normal operation and fail safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-928, "Description" and EC-
910, "Fail Safe".
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then make sure that DTC is
detected again.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-912, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR-
MATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check according to EC-913, "DTC Index".
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
Perform EC-513, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement".
Do you have CONSULT-III?
>> GO TO 12. M
12.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function N
Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
O
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6.
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC in ECM and P
TCM (Transmission Control Module). (Refer to EC-585, "Diagnosis Description".)
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000006029755
DESCRIPTION
MTBL0017
SEF976U J
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE N
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.
O
>> GO TO 3
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load. P
PBIA8513J
>> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to "IDLE SPEED" EC-516, "IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement".
For specification, refer to EC-937, "Idle Speed".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the Following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-758, "DTC Logic".
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-753, "DTC Logic".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4.
7.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-516,
"ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 4.
8.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
For procedure, refer to EC-516, "IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair
Requirement".
For specification, refer to EC-937, "Ignition Timing".
1 : Timing indicator
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 9.
PBIB3263E
>> GO TO 10. A
10.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. EC
2. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-516, "IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement".
For specification, refer to EC-937, "Idle Speed".
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 13.
D
11.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light. E
For procedure, refer to EC-516, "IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair
Requirement".
For specification, refer to EC-937, "Ignition Timing".
F
1 : Timing indicator
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 12.
PBIB3263E H
12.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-187, "Removal and Installation".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Repair the timing chain installation. Then GO TO 4. J
13.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-758, "DTC Logic". K
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-753, "DTC Logic".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14. L
NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4.
14.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
M
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer toEC-516,
"ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". N
>> GO TO 4.
O
15.INSPECTION END
If ECM is replaced during this BASIC INSPECTION procedure, go to EC-516, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE
WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". P
1.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF NATS SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL NATS IGNITION KEY IDS
Refer to EC-516, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Require-
ment".
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-518, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM WRITE FUEL LEARNING VALUE
Refer to EC-519, "WRITE FUEL LEARNING VALUE : Special Repair Requirement".
>> END
IDLE SPEED
IDLE SPEED : Description INFOID:0000000006029759
This describes how to check the idle speed. For the actual procedure, follow the instructions in “BASIC
INSPECTION”.
IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000006029760
This describes how to check the ignition timing. For the actual procedure, follow the instructions in “BASIC
INSPECTION”.
IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000006029762
EC
PBIB3320E
D
2. Select "TARGET ING TIM HLD" in "WORK SUPPORT" mode.
3. Touch "START".
4. Check ignition timing. E
1 : Timing indicator
PBIB3263E H
Without CONSULT-III
1. Attach timing light to No. 1 ignition coil (1) wire as shown.
I
: Vehicle front
PBIB3320E
L
2. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Ignition timing hold). Refer to EC-585, "Diagnosis Description".
3. Check ignition timing.
M
1 : Timing indicator
N
>> INSPECTION END
PBIB3263E
P
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Description INFOID:0000000006029763
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle
valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time electric throttle
control actuator or ECM is replaced.
1.PRECONDITIONING
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.Learning will be cancelled if any of the following con-
ditions are missed for even a moment.
NOTE:
If the throttle valve does not operate correctly (ex. frozen valve on housing), the learning may not be done suc-
cessfully.
• Vehicle speed: 0 km/h (0 MPH)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
• Battery voltage: More than 10 V (Ignition switch ON and engine stopped)
• Engine coolant temperature: -20 - 100°C
• Intake air temperature: More than -20°C
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “CLSD THL POS LEARN“ in “WORK SUPPORT“ mode.
3. Touch “START“ and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Make sure that “CMPLT“ is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
Without CONSULT-III
Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 sec-
onds by confirming the operating sound.
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DTC
1. Turn ignition switch and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC P1299 or P2109 detected?
YES-1 >> DTC P1299: Refer toEC-797, "Description"
YES-2 >> DTC P2109: Refer toEC-832, "Description"
>> END.
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Description INFOID:0000000006029765
This describes how to erase the mixture ratio self-learning value. For the actual procedure, follow the instruc-
tions in “Diagnosis Procedure”.
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000006029766
1.START
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear mixture ratio self-learning value by touching “CLEAR”.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-913, "DTC Index",
When replacing ECM or fuel composition is drastically changed, engine is difficult to start due to a discrepancy C
between fuel learning value in ECM and fuel composition in fuel tank. In this case, fuel learning value that is
closer to fuel composition is forcibly written to ECM, and engine start ability can be improved.
Perform "WRITE FUEL LEARNING VALUE" when ECM is replaced or engine is difficult to start.
D
WRITE FUEL LEARNING VALUE : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000006029768
>> GO TO 6. K
3.PERFORM WRITE FUEL LEARNING VALUE -II
1. Touch "E22", and then touch "UpDate".
2. Check that an "ETHANOL DENS" value of 0.00 is displayed on CONSULT-III screen. L
3. Start engine.
Does engine start normally?
YES >> GO TO 6. M
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM WRITE FUEL LEARNING VALUE -III N
1. Touch "E65", and then touch "UpDate".
2. Check that an "ETHANOL DENS" value of 0.50 is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
3. Start engine.
O
Does engine start normally?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
P
5.PERFORM WRITE FUEL LEARNING VALUE -IV
1. Touch "E100", and then touch "UpDate".
2. Check that an "ETHANOL DENS" value of 0.99 is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
3. Start engine.
>> GO TO 6.
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS A
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
System Diagram INFOID:0000000006029769
EC
JPBIA3000GB
ECM performs various controls such as fuel injection control and ignition timing control.
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000006029771
ALBIA0618ZZ
1. Sub fuel control solenoid valve 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Refrigerant pressure sensor
valve
4. Knock sensor 5. Fuel injector 6. Cooling fan motor
7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 8. Sub fuel pump relay 9. IPDM E/R
10. ECM 11. Mass air flow sensor 12. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(with intake temperature sensor)
13. Electric throttle control actuator 14. EVAP canister purge volume control 15. Ignition coil
(with built in throttle position sensor solenoid valve (with power transistor) and spark
and throttle control motor) plug
16. Sub fuel pump
EC
L
BBIA0724E
1. Mass air flow sensor 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor 3. Electric throttle control actuator M
4. PCV valve 5. Cooling fan motor 6. Resistor
7. Refrigerant pressure sensor
: Vehicle front N
BBIA0735E
EC
L
BBIA0733E
ALBIA0619ZZ
1. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
(view with engine cover removed)
4. ECM 5. Stop lamp switch 6. Accelerator pedal position sensor
ALBIA0273ZZ
J
1. ASCD steering switch 2. MAIN switch 3. CANCEL switch
4. SET/COAST switch 5. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch 6. ASCD brake switch
7. Stop lamp switch 8. ASCD clutch switch 9. Clutch pedal
K
Component Description INFOID:0000000006029772
L
Component Reference
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-835, "Description"
ASCD brake switch EC-804, "Description" M
ASCD steering switch EC-800, "Description"
ASCD vehicle speed sensor EC-813, "Description"
N
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-758, "Description"
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-753, "Description"
Cooling fan motor EC-562, "System Description" O
Electric throttle control actuator EC-833, "Description"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-658, "Description"
P
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC-776, "Description"
Fuel injector EC-724, "Description"
Fuel pump EC-881, "Description"
Heated oxygen sensor 1 EC-669, "Description"
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater EC-634, "Description"
Heated oxygen sensor 2 EC-701, "Description"
EC
JPBIA3001GB
I
J
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
PBIB2953E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses
heated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The
ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about
heated oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-669, "Description". This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of
stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from heated oxygen sensor 2.
• Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
- Deceleration and acceleration
- High-load, high-speed operation
- Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 or its circuit
- Insufficient activation of heated oxygen sensor 1
- High engine coolant temperature
- During warm-up
- When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from heated oxygen
sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to
the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as orig-
inally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic
changes during operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
Revision: June 2010 EC-530 2011 Tiida GOM
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [MR18DE (FFV)]
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim. A
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared
to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an
EC
increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment. C
The ECM also presumes the ethanol mixture ratio using the feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor1
during the vehicle is driving. Then the ECM controls the amount of fuel injected according to the presumed
ethanol mixture ratio. D
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
G
SEF337W
ALBIA0618ZZ
1. Sub fuel control solenoid valve 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Refrigerant pressure sensor
valve
4. Knock sensor 5. Fuel injector 6. Cooling fan motor
7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 8. Sub fuel pump relay 9. IPDM E/R
10. ECM 11. Mass air flow sensor 12. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(with intake temperature sensor)
13. Electric throttle control actuator 14. EVAP canister purge volume control 15. Ignition coil
(with built in throttle position sensor solenoid valve (with power transistor) and spark
and throttle control motor) plug
16. Sub fuel pump
EC
L
BBIA0724E
1. Mass air flow sensor 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor 3. Electric throttle control actuator M
4. PCV valve 5. Cooling fan motor 6. Resistor
7. Refrigerant pressure sensor
: Vehicle front N
BBIA0735E
EC
L
BBIA0733E
ALBIA0619ZZ
1. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
(view with engine cover removed)
4. ECM 5. Stop lamp switch 6. Accelerator pedal position sensor
ALBIA0273ZZ
J
1. ASCD steering switch 2. MAIN switch 3. CANCEL switch
4. SET/COAST switch 5. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch 6. ASCD brake switch
7. Stop lamp switch 8. ASCD clutch switch 9. Clutch pedal
K
Component Description INFOID:0000000006029776
L
Component Reference
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-835, "Description"
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-758, "Description" M
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-753, "Description"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-658, "Description"
N
Fuel injector EC-724, "Description"
Heated oxygen sensor 1 EC-669, "Description"
Heated oxygen sensor 2 EC-701, "Description" O
Intake air temperature sensor EC-654, "Description"
Knock sensor EC-750, "Description"
P
Mass air flow sensor EC-642, "Description"
Park/neutral position switch EC-815, "Description"
Sub fuel control solenoid valve EC-856, "Description"
Sub fuel pump EC-895, "Description"
Sub fuel pump relay EC-860, "Description"
EC
JPBIA3002GB
G
System Description INFOID:0000000006029778
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION N
Firing order: 1 - 3 - 4 - 2
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) sig- O
nal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM. P
• At starting
• During warm-up
• At idle
• At low battery voltage
• During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
ALBIA0618ZZ
1. Sub fuel control solenoid valve 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Refrigerant pressure sensor
valve
4. Knock sensor 5. Fuel injector 6. Cooling fan motor
7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 8. Sub fuel pump relay 9. IPDM E/R
10. ECM 11. Mass air flow sensor 12. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(with intake temperature sensor)
13. Electric throttle control actuator 14. EVAP canister purge volume control 15. Ignition coil
(with built in throttle position sensor solenoid valve (with power transistor) and spark
and throttle control motor) plug
16. Sub fuel pump
EC
L
BBIA0724E
1. Mass air flow sensor 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor 3. Electric throttle control actuator M
4. PCV valve 5. Cooling fan motor 6. Resistor
7. Refrigerant pressure sensor
: Vehicle front N
BBIA0735E
EC
L
BBIA0733E
ALBIA0619ZZ
1. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
(view with engine cover removed)
4. ECM 5. Stop lamp switch 6. Accelerator pedal position sensor
ALBIA0273ZZ
J
1. ASCD steering switch 2. MAIN switch 3. CANCEL switch
4. SET/COAST switch 5. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch 6. ASCD brake switch
7. Stop lamp switch 8. ASCD clutch switch 9. Clutch pedal
K
Component Description INFOID:0000000006029780
L
Component Reference
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-835, "Description"
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-758, "Description" M
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-753, "Description"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-658, "Description"
N
Ignition signal EC-764, "Description"
Knock sensor EC-750, "Description"
Mass air flow sensor EC-642, "Description" O
Park/neutral position switch EC-815, "Description"
Throttle position sensor EC-662, "Description"
P
Vehicle speed sensor EC-783, "Description"
JMBIA0449GB
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When cranking the engine.
• At high engine speeds.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
• When engine speed is excessively low.
EC
ALBIA0618ZZ
1. Sub fuel control solenoid valve 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Refrigerant pressure sensor N
valve
4. Knock sensor 5. Fuel injector 6. Cooling fan motor
7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 8. Sub fuel pump relay 9. IPDM E/R O
10. ECM 11. Mass air flow sensor 12. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(with intake temperature sensor)
13. Electric throttle control actuator 14. EVAP canister purge volume control 15. Ignition coil P
(with built in throttle position sensor solenoid valve (with power transistor) and spark
and throttle control motor) plug
16. Sub fuel pump
BBIA0724E
1. Mass air flow sensor 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor 3. Electric throttle control actuator
4. PCV valve 5. Cooling fan motor 6. Resistor
7. Refrigerant pressure sensor
: Vehicle front
EC
L
BBIA0735E
BBIA0733E
EC
ALBIA0619ZZ
P
1. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
(view with engine cover removed)
4. ECM 5. Stop lamp switch 6. Accelerator pedal position sensor
ALBIA0273ZZ
Component Reference
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-835, "Description"
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-758, "Description"
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-753, "Description"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-658, "Description"
Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-891, "Description"
Vehicle speed sensor EC-783, "Description"
EC
JPBIA3003GB
G
System Description INFOID:0000000006029786
EC
ALBIA0618ZZ
M
1. Sub fuel control solenoid valve 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Refrigerant pressure sensor
valve N
4. Knock sensor 5. Fuel injector 6. Cooling fan motor
7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 8. Sub fuel pump relay 9. IPDM E/R
10. ECM 11. Mass air flow sensor 12. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) O
(with intake temperature sensor)
13. Electric throttle control actuator 14. EVAP canister purge volume control 15. Ignition coil
(with built in throttle position sensor solenoid valve (with power transistor) and spark
and throttle control motor) plug P
16. Sub fuel pump
BBIA0724E
1. Mass air flow sensor 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor 3. Electric throttle control actuator
4. PCV valve 5. Cooling fan motor 6. Resistor
7. Refrigerant pressure sensor
: Vehicle front
EC
L
BBIA0735E
BBIA0733E
EC
ALBIA0619ZZ
P
1. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
(view with engine cover removed)
4. ECM 5. Stop lamp switch 6. Accelerator pedal position sensor
ALBIA0273ZZ
Component Reference
ASCD steering switch EC-800, "Description"
ASCD clutch switch EC-804, "Description"
ASCD brake switch EC-804, "Description"
Stop lamp switch EC-820, "Description"
Electric throttle control actuator EC-833, "Description"
ASCD indicator EC-870, "Description"
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-26, "CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN communication for detail.
D
JMBIA0177GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM controls cooling fan speed corresponding to vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pres-
sure, air conditioner ON signal. Then control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
EC
PBIB2852E F
Cooling Fan Relay Operation
The ECM controls cooling fan relays through CAN communication line.
G
Cooling fan relay
Cooling fan speed
1 2 3
H
Stop (OFF) OFF OFF OFF
Low (LOW) ON OFF OFF
High (HIGH) ON ON ON I
ALBIA0618ZZ
1. Sub fuel control solenoid valve 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Refrigerant pressure sensor
valve
4. Knock sensor 5. Fuel injector 6. Cooling fan motor
7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 8. Sub fuel pump relay 9. IPDM E/R
10. ECM 11. Mass air flow sensor 12. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(with intake temperature sensor)
13. Electric throttle control actuator 14. EVAP canister purge volume control 15. Ignition coil
(with built in throttle position sensor solenoid valve (with power transistor) and spark
and throttle control motor) plug
16. Sub fuel pump
EC
L
BBIA0724E
1. Mass air flow sensor 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor 3. Electric throttle control actuator M
4. PCV valve 5. Cooling fan motor 6. Resistor
7. Refrigerant pressure sensor
: Vehicle front N
BBIA0735E
EC
L
BBIA0733E
ALBIA0619ZZ
1. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
(view with engine cover removed)
4. ECM 5. Stop lamp switch 6. Accelerator pedal position sensor
ALBIA0273ZZ
J
1. ASCD steering switch 2. MAIN switch 3. CANCEL switch
4. SET/COAST switch 5. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch 6. ASCD brake switch
7. Stop lamp switch 8. ASCD clutch switch 9. Clutch pedal
K
Component Description INFOID:0000000006029793
L
Component Reference
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-758, "Description"
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-753, "Description" M
Cooling fan motor EC-562, "System Description"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-658, "Description"
N
Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-891, "Description"
PBIB3039E
PBIB3345E
1. EVAP canister purge volume control 2. Intake manifold collector 3. EVAP purge resonator A
solenoid valve
: From next figure
NOTE: EC
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses.
J
BBIA0935E
1. EVAP canister
: Vehicle front : To previous figure K
L
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ALBIA0618ZZ
1. Sub fuel control solenoid valve 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Refrigerant pressure sensor
valve
4. Knock sensor 5. Fuel injector 6. Cooling fan motor
7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 8. Sub fuel pump relay 9. IPDM E/R
10. ECM 11. Mass air flow sensor 12. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(with intake temperature sensor)
BBIA0724E
N
1. Mass air flow sensor 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor 3. Electric throttle control actuator
4. PCV valve 5. Cooling fan motor 6. Resistor
7. Refrigerant pressure sensor O
: Vehicle front
BBIA0735E
EC
L
BBIA0733E
ALBIA0619ZZ
1. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
(view with engine cover removed)
4. ECM 5. Stop lamp switch 6. Accelerator pedal position sensor
ALBIA0273ZZ
J
1. ASCD steering switch 2. MAIN switch 3. CANCEL switch
4. SET/COAST switch 5. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch 6. ASCD brake switch
7. Stop lamp switch 8. ASCD clutch switch 9. Clutch pedal
K
Component Description INFOID:0000000006029797
L
Component Reference
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-835, "Description"
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-758, "Description" M
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-753, "Description"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-658, "Description"
N
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC-776, "Description"
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 EC-669, "Description"
Mass air flow sensor EC-642, "Description" O
Throttle position sensor EC-662, "Description"
Vehicle speed sensor EC-783, "Description"
P
PBIB3333E
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing (IVT) control sole-
noid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake
valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
EC
ALBIA0618ZZ
M
1. Sub fuel control solenoid valve 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Refrigerant pressure sensor
valve N
4. Knock sensor 5. Fuel injector 6. Cooling fan motor
7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 8. Sub fuel pump relay 9. IPDM E/R
10. ECM 11. Mass air flow sensor 12. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) O
(with intake temperature sensor)
13. Electric throttle control actuator 14. EVAP canister purge volume control 15. Ignition coil
(with built in throttle position sensor solenoid valve (with power transistor) and spark
and throttle control motor) plug P
16. Sub fuel pump
BBIA0724E
1. Mass air flow sensor 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor 3. Electric throttle control actuator
4. PCV valve 5. Cooling fan motor 6. Resistor
7. Refrigerant pressure sensor
: Vehicle front
EC
L
BBIA0735E
BBIA0733E
EC
ALBIA0619ZZ
P
1. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
(view with engine cover removed)
4. ECM 5. Stop lamp switch 6. Accelerator pedal position sensor
ALBIA0273ZZ
Component Reference
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-758, "Description"
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-753, "Description"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-658, "Description"
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve EC-578, "System Description"
Vehicle speed sensor EC-783, "Description"
INTRODUCTION EC
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
C
Emission-related diagnostic information Diagnostic service
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Service $03 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5
Freeze Frame data Service $02 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 D
System Readiness Test (SRT) code Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5
E
1st Trip Freeze Frame data —
Test values and Test limits Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5
Calibration ID Service $09 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 F
Permanent Diagnostic Trouble Code (Permanent DTC) *
Service $0A of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5
*: Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below. G
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
Freeze Frame 1st trip Freeze
DTC 1st trip DTC SRT code Test value
data Frame data H
CONSULT-III × × × × × —
GST × × × — × ×
I
ECM × ×* — — — —
*: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.
The malfunction indicator (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in J
two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-910,
"Fail Safe".)
TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC K
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in L
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MIL,
and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below. M
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0304
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172
2 Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in “HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-
RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION”.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
With CONSULT-III
With GST
CONSULT-III or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P1148, P1706, etc.
Example
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
NG
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MIL ON)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
SEF573XB
*1 “How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC” *2 “How to Display SRT Status” *3 “How to Set SRT Code”
SAT652J
D
On Board Diagnostic System Function
The on board diagnostic system has the following four functions.
Engine stopped
G
H
Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is de-
WARNING tected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip de-
tection logic), the MIL will light up to inform the driver that a I
malfunction has been detected.
The following malfunctions will light up or blink the MIL in
the 1st trip.
• Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) J
• One trip detection diagnoses
Mode II Ignition switch in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.
ON position RESULTS K
Engine stopped L
M
Engine running HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 This function allows the fuel mixture condition (lean or rich),
MONITOR monitored by heated oxygen sensor 1, to be read.
N
PBIA3905E
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated
by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds
consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. (See EC-913, "DTC Index".)
HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to
“HOW to ERASE DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)”.
• If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours.
• Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
Diagnostic Test Mode II — Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Monitor
In this mode, the MIL displays the condition of the fuel mixture (lean or rich) which is monitored by the heated
oxygen sensor 1.
MIL Fuel mixture condition in the exhaust gas Air fuel ratio feedback control condition
ON Lean
Closed loop system
OFF Rich
*Remains ON or OFF Any condition Open loop system
*: Maintains conditions just before switching to open loop.
To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm it up until
engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge.
Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load conditions. Then make sure that the
MIL comes ON more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2,000 rpm under no load.
MIL FLASHING WITHOUT DTC
If the ECM is in Diagnostic Test Mode II, MIL may flash when engine is running. In this case, check ECM diag-
nostic test mode. How to switch the diagnostic test (function) modes, and details of the above functions are
described later. Refer to “How to Switch Diagnostic Test Mode”.
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
Revision: June 2010 EC-592 2011 Tiida GOM
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [MR18DE (FFV)]
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data A
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values
EC
How to Switch Diagnostic Test Mode
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock. C
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
• Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.
HOW to SET DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS) D
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
E
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts
F
blinking.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
NOTE: G
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to confirm all DTCs certainly.
J
PBIB0092E
Relationship Between MIL, 1st Trip DTC, DTC and Detectable Items
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory. O
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come ON.
• The MIL will go OFF after the vehicle is driven 3 times (pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is counted P
only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while
counting, the counter will reset.
• The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) without the
same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injection
System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) without
the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-III will
count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”,
“Fuel Injection System”
EC
L
SEF392S
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will go OFF after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is de- M
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL 3 times (pattern B) without any mal- tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
N
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM. O
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when ve-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with- P
freeze frame data will be cleared. out the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
<Driving Pattern B>
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
EC
L
SEF393SD
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will go OFF after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is de- M
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL 3 times (pattern B) without any mal- tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
N
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi-
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM. O
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip P
freeze frame data will be cleared.
Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
AEC574
• The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
• The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
• The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
<Driving Pattern B>
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
• The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
• The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
• The MIL will go OFF when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART).
CONSULT-III Function INFOID:0000000006401735
FUNCTION
FUEL LEVEL SE V
• The signal voltage of the fuel level sensor is dis- C
played.
• Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] computed • After starting the engine, [OFF] is dis-
START SIGNAL ON/OFF by the ECM according to the signals of engine played regardless of the starter sig- D
speed and battery voltage. nal.
• Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by
CLSD THL POS ON/OFF ECM according to the accelerator pedal position
sensor signal. E
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air condition-
AIR COND SIG ON/OFF er switch as determined by the air conditioner sig-
nal. F
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the electrical
load signal.
ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or G
LOAD SIGNAL ON/OFF
lighting switch is in 2nd position.
OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and light-
ing switch are OFF.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch H
IGNITION SW ON/OFF
signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater fan
HEATER FAN SW ON/OFF
switch signal. I
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop lamp
BRAKE SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
• Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width J
• When the engine is stopped, a certain
INJ PULSE-B1 msec compensated by ECM according to the input sig-
computed value is indicated.
nals.
• Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume con- K
trol solenoid valve control value computed by the
PURG VOL C/V % ECM according to the input signals.
• The opening becomes larger as the value in-
creases. L
• Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advance an-
INT/V TIM (B1) °CA
gle.
• The control value of the intake valve timing con- M
trol solenoid valve (determined by ECM accord-
INT/V SOL-B1 ing to the input signals) is indicated.
%
• The advance angle becomes larger as the value
N
increases.
• The air conditioner relay control condition (deter-
AIR COND RLY ON/OFF mined by ECM according to the input signals) is
indicated. O
• Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition
FUEL PUMP RLY ON/OFF determined by ECM according to the input sig-
nals. P
• Indicates the throttle control motor relay control
THRTL RELAY ON/OFF condition determined by the ECM according to
the input signals.
DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978/ISO
15031-4 has several functions explained below.
ISO 15765-4 is used as the protocol.
The name “GST” or “Generic Scan Tool” is used in this service man-
ual.
SEF139P
FUNCTION
Service $0A* PERMANENT DTCs This diagnostic service gains access to permanent DTCs which were stored by ECM.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
2. Connect “GST” to data link connector, which is located under LH dash panel near the hood opener han-
dle.
I
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in
the operation manual. J
(*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are
shown.)
L
SEF398S
SEF416S
P
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Description INFOID:0000000006401911
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONI-
TOR” mode of CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC”
of “DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the
value in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have
one or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion)
• A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006401912
1.START
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- A/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID
TEMP SE” (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
- M/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
• Electrical load: Not applied*
• Engine speed: Idle
*: Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM “SPEC” OF “DATA MONITOR” MODE
With CONSULT-III
NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-519, "WRITE FUEL LEARNING VALUE : Special Repair Requirement".
2. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR”
3. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> END
NO >> Go to EC-607, "Diagnosis Procedure".
A
OVERALL SEQUENCE
EC
P
PBIB2384E
PBIB3213E
DETAILED PROCEDURE
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-606, "Component Function Check".
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the each indication is
within the SP value.
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value. F
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 6. G
NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25.
4.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1. Stop the engine. H
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
3. Start engine.
4. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within I
the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 5. J
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine. K
2. Change engine oil.
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving L
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
dition.
M
>> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the each indication is
within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 15.
15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
Revision: June 2010 EC-610 2011 Tiida GOM
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [MR18DE (FFV)]
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.
A
>> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” EC
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
C
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-924, "Symptom Table". D
17.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value. E
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 18. F
NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25.
18.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
G
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
- Engine oil level is too high
- Engine oil viscosity
- Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive H
- Noise from engine
- Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following. I
- Valve clearance malfunction
- Intake valve timing control function malfunction
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
J
>> GO TO 22.
>> GO TO 29.
25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 27.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26.
26.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 27.
27.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 28.
NO >> Less than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 30.
28.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
• Looseness of oil filler cap
• Disconnection of oil level gauge
• Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve
• Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose, open stuck of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve
• Malfunctioning seal of rocker cover gasket
• Disconnection, looseness, or cracks of hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts
Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent
incidents occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident
occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may
not indicate the specific malfunctioning area.
Common Intermittent Incidents Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow Situation
2 The CONSULT-III is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than [0] or [1t].
3 or 4 The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
5 (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
10 The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
1.INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-175, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
Refer to EC-251, "Ground Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace.
3.SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
Perform GI-16, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION
TESTS”.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace.
EC
P
AABWA0181GB
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F48 5
118
119 Ground Existed
E58
120
121
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F8, E8
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ground
ECM
(+) (−) Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
E58 93 121 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5. JMBIA2131ZZ
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G
2. Check the voltage between ECM connector terminals as per the
following.
H
ECM
(+) (–) Voltage
Connector I
Terminal Terminal
After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
E58 115 121 voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
drop approximately 0V. J
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA2132ZZ
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 11. K
ECM
(+) (–) Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F48 20 E58 121 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 12. JMBIA2134ZZ
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
14.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VII
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
I
PBIB1870E
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006029813
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN com-
U1000 munication signal of OBD (emission related diagno-
sis) for 2 seconds or more. • Harness or connectors
CAN communication
(CAN communication line is open or
line When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN com- shorted)
U1001 munication signal other than OBD (emission related
diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.
EC
AABWA0182GB
P
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006029817
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
When detecting error during the initial diagno-
U1010 CAN communication bus • ECM
sis of CAN controller of ECM.
1.INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
See EC-622, "DTC Logic".
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
See EC-622, "DTC Logic".
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is the DTC U1010 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Go to EC-516, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Require-
ment".
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name C
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• Intake valve control solenoid valve D
Intake valve timing There is a gap between angle of target and • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
P0011
control performance phase-control angle degree. portion of the camshaft
• Timing chain installation
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for in- E
take valve timing control
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. G
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I H
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
I
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Let it idle for 1 minute.
4. Maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
J
ENG SPEED More than 1,000 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60°C (140°F)
K
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 3.5 msec
5. Repeat the following procedure more than 6 times.
-Slightly depressed the accelerator pedal for 5 seconds. L
-Fully released the accelerator pedal for 5 seconds.
6. Stop vehicle with engine running and let engine idle for 10 seconds.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
M
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-624, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> GO TO 3.
N
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
With CONSULT-III
1. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds. O
PBIA8559J
PBIA9557J
D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006029821
E
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. F
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals as follows.
G
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 6.7 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
∞Ω H
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist)
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. PBIA9591J
JMBIA2110ZZ
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- • Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen
sor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
P0030 sensor 1 heater
(An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM open.)
control circuit
through the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- • Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen
sor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
P0031 sensor 1 heater
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM shorted.)
control circuit low
through the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- • Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen
sor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
P0032 sensor 1 heater
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to shorted.)
control circuit high
ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and run engine at idle speed for at least 1minute under no load.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
ABBWA0396GB
HO2S1
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F12 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
PBIA9576J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S1 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between HO2S1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
HO2S1 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F12 3 F48 39 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-629, "Component Inspection"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Terminals Resistance
E
2 and 3 8 - 10 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist) F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2. G
PBIA9577J
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- • Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen
sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
P0036 sensor 2 heater
(An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM open.)
control circuit
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- • Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen
sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
P0037 sensor 2 heater
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM shorted.)
control circuit low
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- • Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen
sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
P0038 sensor 2 heater
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM shorted.)
control circuit high
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Revision: June 2010 EC-630 2011 Tiida GOM
P0036, P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [MR18DE (FFV)]
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Check 1st trip DTC. A
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st tip DTC detected? EC
YES >> Go to EC-632, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000006029824
C
ABBWA0390GB
HO2S2
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F13 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
PBIA9576J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F13 3 F48 43 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
Refer to EC-633, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
Terminals Resistance
2 and 3 3.3 - 4.4 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
G
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist)
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2. I
PBIA9577J
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
This diagnosis of the sensor heating checks the
Heated oxygen • Harness or connectors
internal resistance of the sensor.
sensor 1 heater (Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
P0053 If the sensor heating is defective, the internal re-
control circuit Plau- open)
sistance is considerably higher than it is at normal
sibility • Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
heating.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 60 seconds.
4. Start engine and run engine at idle speed for at least 1minute under no load.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st tip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-635, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
EC
ABBWA0396GB
P
HO2S1
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F12 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
PBIA9576J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S1 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between HO2S1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
HO2S1 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F12 3 F48 39 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-637, "Component Inspection"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Terminals Resistance D
2 and 3 8 - 10 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist) E
PBIA9577J
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
This diagnosis of the sensor heating checks the
• Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen internal resistance of the sensor.
(Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
P0054 sensor 2 heater If the sensor heating is defective, the internal re-
open)
control circuit sistance is considerably higher than it is at normal
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
heating.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 60 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st tip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-639, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC
P
ABBWA0390GB
HO2S2
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F13 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
PBIA9576J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F13 3 F48 43 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
Refer to EC-641, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Terminals Resistance
E
2 and 3 3.3 - 4.4 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist) F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2. G
PBIA9577J
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
PBIA9559J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
Mass air flow sensor cir- The sensor voltage is out of the range calculated shorted.)
P0101
cuit range/performance by the ECM. • Intake air leaks
• Mass air flow sensor
• Intake air temperature sensor
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-643, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
EC
ABBWA0391GB
P
MAF sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F31 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
PBIB1168E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
5. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication. J
ECM
O
(+) (−) Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Ignition switch ON (En-
Approx. 0.4 V
P
gine stopped.)
73 51 Idle (Engine is warmed-
F48 (MAF sen- (Sensor up to normal operating 0.8 - 1.1 V JMBIA2135ZZ
ECM
(+) (−) Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Ignition switch ON (En-
Approx. 0.4 V
gine stopped.)
73 51 Idle (Engine is warmed-
F48 (MAF sen- (Sensor up to normal operating 0.8 - 1.1 V JMBIA2135ZZ
E
ECM
(+) (−) Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
F
Ignition switch ON (En-
Approx. 0.4 V
gine stopped.)
73 51 Idle (Engine is warmed- G
F48 (MAF sen- (Sensor up to normal operating 0.8 - 1.1 V JMBIA2135ZZ
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
PBIA9559J
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
• Harness or connectors
Mass air flow sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0102
circuit low input to ECM. • Intake air leaks
• Mass air flow sensor
• Harness or connectors
Mass air flow sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0103 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
circuit high input sent to ECM.
• Mass air flow sensor
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-649, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
EC
ABBWA0391GB
P
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected DTC.
Which DTC is detected?
MAF sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F31 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
PBIB1168E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ECM
(+) (−) Condition Voltage O
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Ignition switch ON (En-
Approx. 0.4 V
gine stopped.) P
73 51 Idle (Engine is warmed-
F48 (MAF sen- (Sensor up to normal operating 0.8 - 1.1 V JMBIA2135ZZ
ECM
(+) (−) Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Ignition switch ON (En-
Approx. 0.4 V
gine stopped.)
73 51 Idle (Engine is warmed-
F48 (MAF sen- (Sensor up to normal operating 0.8 - 1.1 V JMBIA2135ZZ
E
ECM
(+) (−) Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
F
Ignition switch ON (En-
Approx. 0.4 V
gine stopped.)
73 51 Idle (Engine is warmed- G
F48 (MAF sen- (Sensor up to normal operating 0.8 - 1.1 V JMBIA2135ZZ
The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor
(1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
PBIA9559J
<Reference data>
SEF012P
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
Intake air tempera-
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0112 ture sensor circuit
sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
low input
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Intake air tempera- • Intake air temperature sensor
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0113 ture sensor circuit
sent to ECM.
high input
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and run it for 5 minutes at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-655, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
EC
AABWA0189GB
P
MAF sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F31 5 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors. PBIB1169E
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
Name
Engine coolant tem-
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0117 perature sensor cir-
sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
cuit low input
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Engine coolant tem- • Engine coolant temperature sensor
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0118 perature sensor cir-
sent to ECM.
cuit high input
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-659, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
EC
AABWA0190GB
P
ECT sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F6 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors. PBIB0080E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor • Harness or connectors
P0122
2 circuit low input 2 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
(APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
[Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) cir-
cuit is shorted.]
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor • Electric throttle control actuator
P0123
2 circuit high input 2 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1)
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-663, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
EC
ABBWA0394GB
P
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
15 Refrigerant pressure sensor E17 3
F48 33 CMP sensor (PHASE) F21 1
34 TP sensor F7 2
E58 113 APP sensor E12 4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-892, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (Refer to EC-763, "Component Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-838, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
ECM
(+) (–) Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
More than
71 52 Fully released
0.36 V
(TP sensor (Sensor
1 signal) ground) Fully de- Less than
Accelerator pressed 4.75 V JMBIA2137ZZ
F48
pedal Less than
72 52 Fully released
4.75 V
(TP sensor (Sensor
2 signal) ground) Fully de- More than
pressed 0.36 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Go to EC-666, "Special Repair Requirement".
>> END
SEF594K E
<Reference data>
F
Engine coolant temperature
Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
[°C (°F)]
–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 G
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
H
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 75
SEF012P
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and 56 (Sensor ground).
I
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006029854
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors L
Insufficient engine cool- • Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not
(High resistance in the circuit)
P0125 ant temperature for practical, even when some time has passed
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
closed loop fuel control after starting the engine.
• Thermostat
M
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING N
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
O
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. P
2. Check 1st tip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> EC-668, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> INSPECTION END
SEF327R E
SEF288D
I
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006029858
M
JMBIA0613ZZ
N
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen sensor 1 The voltage from the sensor is constantly
P0130 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) O
circuit approx.0.4 - 0.5 V.
• Heated oxygen sensor 1
EC
ABBWA0395GB
P
HO2S1 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F12 1 F48 46 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
HO2S1 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F12 4 F48 65 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.
HO2S1 ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F12 4 F48 65 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
Check connectors for water.
PBIB3458E
“HO2S1 (B1)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. K
“HO2S1 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END L
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1-I
M
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine. N
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following condition.
O
ECM
ECM
ECM
SEF327R E
SEF288D
I
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006029863
MALFUNCTION
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 1, ECM monitors K
whether the voltage is unusually low during the various driving condi-
tion such as fuel-cut.
JMBIA0612ZZ
N
O
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Heated oxygen sensor 1 • Harness or connectors
P0131 An excessively high voltage from the sen-
circuit low voltage (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) P
sor is sent to ECM.
• Heated oxygen sensor 1
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION
1. Make sure that fuel tank is not empty.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and run engine at idle speed for at least 30 minutes under no load.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-677, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
EC
ABBWA0395GB
P
HO2S1 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F12 1 F48 46 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
HO2S1 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F12 4 F48 65 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.
HO2S1 ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F12 4 F48 65 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
Check connectors for water.
PBIB3458E
“HO2S1 (B1)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. K
“HO2S1 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END L
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1-I
M
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine. N
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following condition.
O
ECM
ECM
ECM
SEF327R E
SEF288D
I
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006029868
JMBIA0614ZZ
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors O
Heated oxygen sensor 1 An excessively high voltage from the sen-
P0132 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
circuit high voltage sor is sent to ECM.
• Heated oxygen sensor 1
1.FOR MALFUNCTION
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
EC
ABBWA0395GB
P
HO2S1 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F12 1 F48 46 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
HO2S1 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F12 4 F48 65 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.
HO2S1 ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F12 4 F48 65 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
Check connectors for water.
PBIB3458E
“HO2S1 (B1)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. K
“HO2S1 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END L
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1-I
M
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine. N
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following condition.
O
ECM
ECM
ECM
SEF327R E
SEF288D
I
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006401992
M
PBIB2991E
N
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
• Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or short- O
ed.)
• Heated oxygen sensor 1
Heated oxygen sensor 1 • The response of the voltage signal from the • Fuel pressure
P0133
circuit slow response sensor takes more than the specified time. • Fuel injector P
• Intake air leaks
• Exhaust gas leaks
• PCV valve
• Mass air flow sensor
ABBWA0395GB
C
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
D
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
G
SEC502D
HO2S1 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F12 1 F48 46 Existed
4. Check the continuity between HO2S1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.
HO2S1 ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F12 4 F48 65 Ground Not existed
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Check mass air flow sensor.
Refer to EC-645, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor.
8.CHECK PCV VALVE
Refer to EC-890, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace PCV valve.
9.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Perform EC-692, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-614, "Diagnosis Procedure".
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine.
5. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S1 (B1)” as the monitor item with
CONSULT-III.
EC
PBIB3458E
“HO2S1 (B1)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. D
“HO2S1 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END E
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1-I
F
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine. G
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following condition.
H
ECM
ECM
(+) (–) Condition Voltage
N
Con-
nector Terminal Terminal
The voltage should be above O
0.68 V at least once during
65 46 Keeping engine
this procedure.
F48 (HO2S1 (Sensor speed at idle for
The voltage should be below
signal) ground) 10 minutes JMBIA2139ZZ
0.18 V at least once during P
this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1-III
ECM
SEF327R E
SEF288D
I
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006401997
M
JMBIA0613ZZ
N
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen sensor 1 The voltage from the sensor is constantly
P0134 (The sensor circuit is open) O
circuit open approx.0.4 - 0.5 V.
• Heated oxygen sensor 1
EC
ABBWA0395GB
P
HO2S1 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F12 1 F48 46 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
HO2S1 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F12 4 F48 65 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.
HO2S1 ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F12 4 F48 65 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
Check connectors for water.
PBIB3458E
“HO2S1 (B1)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. K
“HO2S1 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END L
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1-I
M
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine. N
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following condition.
O
ECM
ECM
ECM
J
JMBIA0613ZZ
K
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen sensor 2 The voltage from the sensor is constantly
P0136 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) L
circuit approx.0.4 - 0.5 V.
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION O
ABBWA0397GB
HO2S2 ECM
C
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F13 1 F48 47 Existed D
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. E
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
F
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
HO2S2 ECM G
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F13 4 F48 66 Existed
H
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.
HO2S2 ECM
Ground Continuity I
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F13 4 F48 66 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power. J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K
4.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
Check connectors for water. L
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with
CONSULT-III.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
PBIB3458E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following condition.
JMBIA2141ZZ
ECM A
ECM L
Con- (+) (–) Condition Voltage
nector Terminal Terminal
The voltage should be M
Coasting from 80 above 0.68 V at least once
66 46
km/h (50 MPH) in D during this procedure.
F48 (HO2S2 (Sensor
position (A/T), 4th The voltage should be be-
signal) ground) JMBIA2143ZZ N
gear position (M/T) low 0.18 V at least once dur-
ing this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 P
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
JMBIA0612ZZ
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors L
Heated oxygen sensor 2 An excessively high voltage from the sen-
P0137 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
circuit low voltage sor is sent to ECM.
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
1.FOR MALFUNCTION
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at N
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2. O
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION
1. Make sure that fuel tank is not empty. P
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 11 minutes.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure".
ABBWA0397GB
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity D
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F13 1 F48 47 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. G
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal H
F13 4 F48 66 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.
I
HO2S2 ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal J
F13 4 F48 66 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
4.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
Check connectors for water.
M
Water should not exist.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. N
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 O
Refer to EC-716, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. P
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with
CONSULT-III.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
PBIB3458E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
ECM
(+) (–) Condition Voltage EC
Con-
nector Terminal Terminal
The voltage should be
above 0.68 V at least once
C
66 46 Revving up to 4,000
during this procedure.
F48 (HO2S2 (Sensor rpm under no load
The voltage should be be-
signal) ground) at least 10 times JMBIA2141ZZ
low 0.18 V at least once D
during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END E
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under F
the following condition.
ECM G
ECM
J
JMBIA0614ZZ
K
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen sensor 2 An excessively high voltage from the sen-
P0138 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) L
circuit high voltage sor is sent to ECM.
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
ABBWA0397GB
D
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F13 1 F48 47 Existed E
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. F
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT G
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
HO2S2 ECM H
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F13 4 F48 66 Existed
I
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.
HO2S2 ECM
Ground Continuity J
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F13 4 F48 66 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power. K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with
CONSULT-III.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
PBIB3458E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
ECM
(+) (–) Condition Voltage EC
Con-
nector Terminal Terminal
The voltage should be
above 0.68 V at least once
C
66 46 Revving up to 4,000
during this procedure.
F48 (HO2S2 (Sensor rpm under no load
The voltage should be be-
signal) ground) at least 10 times JMBIA2141ZZ
low 0.18 V at least once D
during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END E
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under F
the following condition.
ECM G
ECM
SEF327R E
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006402002
JPBIA4503GB J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause K
Heated oxygen sensor 2 ECM monitors the heated oxygen sensor 2 sig-
P0139 Heated oxygen sensor 2
circuit slow response nal at the heater OFF.
L
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
M
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 60 seconds before conducting the next test.
N
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. O
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Rev up engine to 4,000 rpm and release accelerator pedal. P
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Go to EC-720, "Diagnosis Procedure".
ABBWA0397GB
HO2S2 ECM
I
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F13 4 F48 66 Ground Not existed J
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. K
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 L
Refer to EC-704, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. M
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. N
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. O
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
P
>> INSPECTION END
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-614, "Diagnosis Procedure".
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 60 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with
CONSULT-III.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
PBIB3458E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 60 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following condition.
ECM
ECM
(+) (–) Condition Voltage EC
Con-
nector Terminal Terminal
The voltage should be
above 0.68 V at least once
C
66 46 Keeping engine
during this procedure.
F48 (HO2S2 (Sensor speed at idle for 10
The voltage should be be-
signal) ground) minutes JMBIA2142ZZ
low 0.18 V at least once D
during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END E
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under F
the following condition.
ECM G
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs.
PBIA9664J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
No. 1 cylinder fuel injector
P0201
circuit open
An excessively low or high voltage signal • Harness or connectors
No. 1 cylinder fuel injector
P0261 is sent to ECM through the No. 1 fuel in- (No. 1 fuel injector circuit is open or shorted.)
circuit short to ground
jector • No. 1 fuel injector
No. 1 cylinder fuel injector
P0262
circuit short to power
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-725, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
EC
ABBWA0398GB
P
Fuel injector
Ground Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F17 1
2 F18 1
Ground Battery voltage
3 F19 1
4 F20 1 PBIB0582E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Terminals Resistance EC
1 and 2 11.1 - 14.3 Ω [at 10 -60°C (50 - 140°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector.
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs.
PBIA9664J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
No. 2 cylinder fuel injector
P0202
circuit open
An excessively low or high voltage signal • Harness or connectors
No. 2 cylinder fuel injector
P0264 is sent to ECM through the No. 2 fuel in- (No. 2 fuel injector circuit is open or shorted.)
circuit short to ground
jector • No. 2 fuel injector
No. 2 cylinder fuel injector
P0265
circuit short to power
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-730, "Component Inspection".
NO >> INSPECTION END
EC
ABBWA0398GB
P
Fuel injector
Ground Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F17 1
2 F18 1
Ground Battery voltage
3 F19 1
4 F20 1 PBIB0582E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Terminals Resistance EC
1 and 2 11.1 - 14.3 Ω [at 10 -60°C (50 - 140°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector.
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs.
PBIA9664J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
No. 3 cylinder fuel injector
P0203
circuit open
An excessively low or high voltage signal • Harness or connectors
No. 3 cylinder fuel injector
P0267 is sent to ECM through the No. 3 fuel in- (No. 3 fuel injector circuit is open or shorted.)
circuit short to ground
jector • No. 3 fuel injector
No. 3 cylinder fuel injector
P0268
circuit short to power
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-733, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
EC
ABBWA0398GB
P
Fuel injector
Ground Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F17 1
2 F18 1
Ground Battery voltage
3 F19 1
4 F20 1 PBIB0582E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Terminals Resistance EC
1 and 2 11.1 - 14.3 Ω [at 10 -60°C (50 - 140°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector.
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs.
PBIA9664J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
No. 4 cylinder fuel injector
P0204
circuit open
An excessively low or high voltage signal • Harness or connectors
No. 4 cylinder fuel injector
P0270 is sent to ECM through the No. 4 fuel in- (No. 4 fuel injector circuit is open or shorted.)
circuit short to ground
jector • No. 4 fuel injector
No. 4 cylinder fuel injector
P0271
circuit short to power
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-737, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
EC
ABBWA0398GB
P
Fuel injector
Ground Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F17 1
2 F18 1
Ground Battery voltage
3 F19 1
4 F20 1 PBIB0582E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Terminals Resistance EC
1 and 2 11.1 - 14.3 Ω [at 10 -60°C (50 - 140°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor • Harness or connectors
P0222
1 circuit low input 1 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
(APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
[Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) cir-
cuit is shorted.]
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor • Electric throttle control actuator
P0223
1 circuit high input 1 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1)
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-741, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
EC
ABBWA0399GB
P
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
15 Refrigerant pressure sensor E17 3
F48 33 CMP sensor (PHASE) F21 1
34 TP sensor F7 2
E58 113 APP sensor E12 4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-892, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (Refer to EC-763, "Component Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-838, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
ECM
(+) (–) Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
More than
71 52 Fully released
0.36 V
(TP sensor (Sensor
1 signal) ground) Fully de- Less than
Accelerator pressed 4.75 V JMBIA2137ZZ
F48
pedal Less than
72 52 Fully released
4.75 V
(TP sensor (Sensor
2 signal) ground) Fully de- More than
pressed 0.36 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Go to EC-849, "Special Repair Requirement".
>> END
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause I
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfire detected Multiple cylinder misfire. • Improper spark plug
• Insufficient compression
P0301 No.1 cylinder misfire detected No. 1 cylinder misfires.
• Incorrect fuel pressure J
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire detected No. 2 cylinder misfires. • The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
• Fuel injector
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfire detected No. 3 cylinder misfires.
• Intake air leak
• The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted K
• Lack of fuel
P0304 No. 4 cylinder misfire detected No. 4 cylinder misfires. • Signal plate
• Heated oxygen sensor 1
• Incorrect PCV hose connection L
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
PBIB3332E
CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following pro- F
cedure.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. G
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. H
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal I
portion as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal por-
tion. J
SEF156I
>> GO TO 17.
17.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT I
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A
knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a
voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006029904
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detected condition Possible cause
name
• Harness or connectors
Knock sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0327 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
low input sent to ECM.
• Knock sensor
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Maintain the following conditions for 1 consecutive minute.
EC
AABWA0192GB
P
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 Approx. 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or phys-
ically damaged. Use only new ones. SEF227W
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the oil pan facing EC
the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate. It detects the fluctuation of
the engine revolution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth C
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change. D
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
the engine revolution.
PBIA9209J E
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.
H
PBIB2997E
>> GO TO 2. P
ABBWA0401GB
ECM Sensor L
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
F48 12 CKP sensor (POS) F15 1
M
E58 105 APP sensor E12 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. N
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
O
Refer to EC-838, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. P
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Go to EC-839, "Special Repair Requirement".
7.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
PBIA9210J
PBIB2997E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(TP sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
[Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) cir-
cuit is shorted.]
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
the first few seconds during engine cranking.
• Electric throttle control actuator
Camshaft position sen- • The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
P0340 (TP sensor)
sor (PHASE) circuit during engine running.
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal
(APP sensor 1)
pattern during engine running.
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• Camshaft (INT)
• Starter motor (Refer to SC-8, "System
Description".)
• Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-8,
"System Description".)
• Dead (Weak) battery
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE EC
ABBWA0402GB
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
M
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
15 Refrigerant pressure sensor E17 3 N
F48 33 CMP sensor (PHASE) F21 1
34 TP sensor F7 2
O
E58 113 APP sensor E12 4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. P
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-892, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
PBIA9557J
F
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006029917
G
1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. H
3. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor.
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). J
PBIA9876J
L
2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-II
Check resistance camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminals as
follows. M
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the power transistor. The power transistor turns
ON and OFF the ignition coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil
secondary circuit.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006402029
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
An excessively low or high voltage signal
No. 1 cylinder ignition (No. 1 ignition coil circuit is open or shorted.)
P0351 is sent to ECM through the No. 1 ignition
coil circuit • No. 1 power transistor unit built into ignition coil
coil.
• Condenser
• Harness or connectors
An excessively low or high voltage signal
No. 2 cylinder ignition (No. 2 ignition coil circuit is open or shorted.)
P0352 is sent to ECM through the No. 2 ignition
coil circuit • No. 2 power transistor unit built into ignition coil
coil.
• Condenser
• Harness or connectors
An excessively low or high voltage signal
No. 3 cylinder ignition (No. 3 ignition coil circuit is open or shorted.)
P0353 is sent to ECM through the No. 3 ignition
coil circuit • No. 3 power transistor unit built into ignition coil
coil.
• Condenser
• Harness or connectors
An excessively low or high voltage signal
No. 4 cylinder ignition (No. 4 ignition coil circuit is open or shorted.)
P0354 is sent to ECM through the No. 4 ignition
coil circuit • No. 4 power transistor unit built into ignition coil
coil.
• Condenser
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine. (If engine does not run, turn ignition switch to START for at least 5 seconds.)
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-767, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NG >> INSPECTION END
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006402030
1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Does the engine start?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 2.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
NO >> Go to EC-767, "Diagnosis Procedure".
H
29
JMBIA0085GB
NOTE: I
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END J
NO >> Go to EC-767, "Diagnosis Procedure".
ABBWA0405GB
EC
AABWA0346GB
ECM
(+) (–) Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
E58 115 121 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. JMBIA2145ZZ
NO >> Go to EC-615, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between condenser harness connector and
ground.
Condenser
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F26 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0624E
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between condenser harness connector and ground.
Condenser
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F26 2 Ground Existed
Ignition coil F
Ground Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F34 3
G
2 F35 3
Ground Battery voltage
3 F36 3
4 F37 3 H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors. I
8.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ground.
Ignition coil K
Ground Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F34 2
2 F35 2
L
Ground Existed
3 F36 2
4 F37 2
M
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. N
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
O
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ignition coil harness connector.
P
Ignition coil ECM
Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F34 1 10
2 F35 1 28
F48 Existed
3 F36 1 9
4 F37 1 29
1.CHECK CONDENSER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as follows.
I
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 Above 1 MΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace condenser.
K
PBIB0794E
SEF484YF
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Three way catalyst (manifold)
• Exhaust tube
• Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate
• Intake air leaks
P0420 Catalyst system efficiency properly.
• Fuel injector
0420 below threshold • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have
• Fuel injector leaks
enough oxygen storage capacity.
• Spark plug
• Improper ignition timing
(+) (−)
Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
The voltage fluctuation cycle takes
66 Keeping engine speed at 2,500
F48 F48 47 more than 5 seconds.
(HO2S2 signal) rpm constant under no load
1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 → 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 - 1.0
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-772, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006402037
EC
SEC502D
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected? F
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK IGNITION TIMING G
Check the following items. Refer to EC-516, "IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement".
Idle speed
H
Transmission Condition Specifications
A/T No load (P or N position) 700 ± 50 rpm
M/T No load (Neutral position) 700 ± 50 rpm I
Ignition timing
Specifications
Transmission Condition J
E22 (Gasoline) E100 (Ethanol)
No load (P or N
A/T 3 ± 5° BTDC 7 ± 5° BTDC
position)
K
No load (Neutral
M/T 3 ± 5° BTDC 7 ± 5° BTDC
position)
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Follow the EC-516, "IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement".
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR M
1. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.
N
(+) (−)
Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
O
21
23
F48 F48 5 Battery voltage
59 P
60
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Perform EC-725, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I
Revision: June 2010 EC-773 2011 Tiida GOM
P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [MR18DE (FFV)]
CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following pro-
cedure.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal por-
tion.
SEF156I
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
PBIA9215J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is open or
An excessively low voltage signal is sent
P0444 control solenoid valve circuit shorted.)
to ECM through the valve
open • EVAP canister purge volume control so-
lenoid valve
• Harness or connectors
EVAP canister purge volume
An excessively high voltage signal is sent (The solenoid valve circuit is shorted.)
P0445 control solenoid valve circuit
to ECM through the valve • EVAP canister purge volume control so-
shorted
lenoid valve
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-777, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
EC
AABWA0195GB
P
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume
I
control solenoid valve under the following conditions.
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank
and transmits a signal to the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level sensor signal to
the ECM through CAN communication line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output volt-
age changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006029924
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
The output signal of the fuel level sensor does
shorted)
Fuel level sensor circuit not change within the specified range oven
P0461 • Harness or connectors
range/performance though the vehicle has been drivien a loud dis-
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
tane.
• Combination meter
• Fuel level sensor
1.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
When performing following procedure, be sure to observe the handling of the fuel. Refer toFL-11,
"Removal and Installation (Main Fuel Tank)"
TESTING CONDITION:
Before stating component function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required.
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
With CONSULT-III
NOTE:
Start step 10, If it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 L (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 lmp
gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-934, "Inspection".
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
J
1.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
1. Refer to DI-12, "CONSULT-III Function (METER)".
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair to DI-14, "Trouble Diagnosis".
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT L
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank
and transmits a signal to the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level sensor signal to
the ECM through CAN communication line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output volt-
age changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006029928
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Fuel level sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
P0462
low input sent to ECM (The CAN communication line is open or
shorted)
Fuel level sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0463 • Harness or connectors
high input sent to ECM
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Fuel level sensor circuit An improper voltage from the sensor is sent to • Combination meter
P0464
open ECM • Fuel level sensor
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-782, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006029929
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control EC
unit)” by CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM by CAN communi-
cation line.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006029931 C
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
F
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or short-
ed)
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from • Harness or connectors G
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM even (The vehicle speed signal circuit is open or
when vehicle is being driven. shorted)
• Vehicle speed sensor
• Combination meter H
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. L
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. M
1.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)”
Refer to BRC-19, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Refer to DI-12, "CONSULT-III Function (METER)".
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
• Dead (Weak) battery
An excessively low voltage from the bat- • Battery dead (Under charge)
P0562 System voltage low
tery is sent to ECM. • Charging system
• Alternator D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING E
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
1. Start engine and let it idle for 3 minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
H
YES >> Go to EC-785, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006029934 I
1.CHECK BATTERY
Refer to SC-4, "How to Handle Battery". J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace battery. K
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Incorrect battery
An excessively high voltage from the bat-
P0563 System voltage high • Charging system
tery is sent to ECM.
• Alternator
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 3 minutes.
2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 25 km/h (15.5 MPH) .
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-786, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006029936
1.CHECK BATTERY
Check that the proper type of battery is installed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace with the proper one.
2.CHECK CHARGING SYSTEM
Refer to SC-23, "System Description".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-614, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PBIB1164E E
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006029938
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
G
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
P0605 Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. • ECM
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning. H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A K
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? L
YES >> Go to EC-788, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B M
1. Wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
3. Wait at least 10 second. N
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-788, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
P
1. Wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 30 seconds, and then turn ON.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-788, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
1.INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
See EC-787, "DTC Logic".
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase the diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
See EC-787, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Go to EC-516, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Require-
ment".
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
G
• Harness or connectors
An improper voltage is sent to the ECM
Intake valve timing control (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
P1111 through intake valve timing control solenoid
solenoid valve circuit circuit is open or shorted.)
valve.
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve H
AABWA0183GB
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
F
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector. H
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 6.7 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. PBIA9591J
JMBIA2110ZZ
SEF621W
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
L
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? N
YES >> Go to EC-797, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
O
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006029950
>> GO TO 2.
2.ERASE DTC
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
Revision: June 2010 EC-797 2011 Tiida GOM
P1299 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [MR18DE (FFV)]
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS“ mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ERASE“.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase the diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory.
Is DTC erased?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BATTERY
Refer to SC-4, "How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace battery.
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer toEC-660, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
5.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer toEC-656, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
6.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer toEC-756, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
7.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer toEC-763, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
8.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-665, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Go to EC-666, "Special Repair Requirement".
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation
of switch, and determines which button is operated.
Refer to EC-553, "System Description" for the ASCD function.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006029959
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
• An excessively high voltage signal from the
ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM.
• Harness or connectors
• ECM detects that input signal from the
(The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
P1564 ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch is out of the specified
• ASCD steering switch
range.
• ECM
• ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch
is stuck ON.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 sec-
onds.
6. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-801, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
EC
ABBWA0407GB
P
ECM
(+) (–) Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
MAIN switch: Pressed Approx. 0
CANCEL switch:
Approx. 1
Pressed
JMBIA2146ZZ
108 100 SET/COAST switch:
Approx. 2
E58 (ASCD steering (Sensor Pressed
switch signal) ground)
RESUME/ACCELER-
Approx. 3
ATE switch: Pressed
All ASCD steering
Approx. 4
switches: Released
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect combination switch harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between combination switch and ECM harness connector.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and combination switch.
Combination meter
Condition Resistance J
Connector Terminals
MAIN switch: Pressed Approx. 0 Ω
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 250 Ω K
SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approx. 660 Ω
M31 14 and 15
RESUME/ACCELERATE
Approx. 1,480 Ω PBIB2549E
switch: Pressed L
All ASCD steering switches:
Approx. 4,000 Ω
Released
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch
N
When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON.
ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal).
Refer to EC-553, "System Description" for the ASCD function.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006029964
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
When the vehicle speed is above 30 km/h • Harness or connectors
(19 MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp (The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
A)
switch and the ASCD brake switch are sent • Harness or connectors
to the ECM at the same time. (The ASCD brake switch circuit is shorted.)
• Harness or connectors
(The ASCD clutch switch circuit is shorted.)
(M/T)
P1572 ASCD brake switch
• Stop lamp switch
ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to • ASCD brake switch
B) ECM for extremely long time while the ve- • ASCD clutch switch (M/T)
hicle is driving. • Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
• Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation
• Incorrect ASCD clutch switch installation (M/T)
• ECM
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A - I
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-806, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A - II
With CONSULT-III
1. Drive the vehicle for at least 10 consecutive seconds under the following conditions.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Revision: June 2010 EC-804 2011 Tiida GOM
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [MR18DE (FFV)]
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. A
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
ABBWA0408GB
ECM
(+) (–) EC
Con- Condition Voltage
nector Termi-
Terminal
nal
Slightly
C
94 Brake pedal (A/T) Approx. 0 V
depressed
E58 (ASCD brake 121 Brake pedal and
switch signal) clutch pedal (M/T) Fully re- Battery JMBIA2147ZZ
leased voltage D
ECM
(+) (–) H
Con- Condition Voltage
nector Termi-
Terminal
nal
Slightly de- I
84 Brake pedal (A/T) Approx. 0 V
pressed
E58 (Stop lamp 121 Brake pedal and
switch signal) clutch pedal (M/T) Fully re- Battery JMBIA2148ZZ
leased voltage
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT EC
D
ASCD brake switch ASCD clutch switch
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E35 2 E36 1 Existed E
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11. F
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH G
Refer to EC-810, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 18. H
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
12.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
J
ECM ASCD clutch switch
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
K
E58 94 E36 2 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH M
Refer to EC-811, "Component Inspection (ASCD Clutch Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> Replace ASCD clutch switch.
14.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground. P
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
16.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and stop lamp switch harness connector.
D
Component Inspection (ASCD Clutch Switch) INFOID:0000000006029968
PBIB2285E
PBIB2285E
The ECM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from combina- EC
tion meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD
control. Refer to EC-553, "System Description" for ASCD functions.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006029971 C
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause G
name
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted.) H
(Combination meter circuit is open or shorted.)
ASCD vehicle speed ECM detects a difference between two vehicle
P1574 • Combination meter
sensor speed signals is out of the specified range.
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Wheel sensor
I
• TCM (A/T models)
• ECM
J
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at K
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. L
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M
1. Start engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH).
CAUTION: N
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. O
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? P
YES >> Go to EC-813, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006029972
• When the shift lever position is P or N, transmission range switch is ON (A/T models). EC
• When the neutral position, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON (M/T models).
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006029974 C
J
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PNP SWITCH FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III K
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” sig-
nal under the following conditions. L
ECM
EC
ABBWA0409GB
P
JMBIA2156ZZ
A/T models
M/T models
PNP switch
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F24 (B) 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECTED MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F8
• 10 A fuse [No. 54 (A/T)]
• 10 A fuse [No. 51 (M/T)]
• Harness for open or short between transmission range switch (A/T) or PNP switch (M/T) and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK PNP INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between transmission range switch (A/T) or PNP switch (M/T) harness connector
and ECM harness connector.
A/T models
M/T models
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006029979
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for ex- (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or short-
P1805 Brake switch
tremely long time while the vehicle is driving. ed.)
• Stop lamp switch
EC
AABWA0203GB
P
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and stop lamp switch harness connector.
A
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. EC
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.
E
PBIB2285E
PBIB2285E L
Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006029984
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
Throttle control motor ECM detects a voltage of power source for (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
P2100
relay circuit open throttle control motor is excessively low. open)
• Throttle control motor relay
• Harness or connectors
Throttle control motor ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
P2103
relay circuit short stuck ON. shorted)
• Throttle control motor relay
EC
AABWA0197GB
P
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. EC
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition. C
D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2100 or P2119, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2100
E
or P2119. Refer to EC-824, "DTC Logic" or EC-833, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
F
• Harness or connectors
Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not oper- (Throttle control motor circuit is open or
P2101
performance ate properly. shorted)
• Electric throttle control actuator G
AABWA0196GB
ECM
C
(+) (–)
Condition Voltage
Connec- Connec-
Terminal Terminal
tor tor
D
Ignition switch OFF Approx. 0 V
F48 2 E58 121
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
JMBIA2157ZZ
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT F
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: June 2010 EC-829 2011 Tiida GOM
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [MR18DE (FFV)]
7.CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 15 A fuse (No. 52) from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 15 A fuse for blown.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace 15 A fuse.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-614, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
9.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
: Vehicle front
BBIA0711E
>> END
L
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Throttle valve closed po-
Throttle valve closed position is not memorized • Throttle valve closed position learning
P2109 sition learning perfor-
in the ECM. has not been performed.
mance
>> GO TO 2.
2.ERASE DTC
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS“ mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ERASE“.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase the diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory.
Is DTC erased?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-614, "Diagnosis Procedure".
>> END
Revision: June 2010 EC-832 2011 Tiida GOM
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [MR18DE (FFV)]
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000006029997
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. EC
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throt-
tle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening C
angle properly in response to driving condition.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006029998
D
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds. K
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 second.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
4. Set shift lever to D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) position and wait at least 5 seconds. L
5. Set shift lever to N, P (A/T) or Neutral (M/T) position.
6. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
7. Check DTC.
M
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-833, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006029999
: Vehicle front
BBIA0711E
>> END
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Accelerator pedal posi-
An excessively low voltage from the APP sen-
• Harness or connectors H
P2122 tion sensor 1 circuit low (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
sor 1 is sent to ECM.
input (TP sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
[Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) cir-
cuit is shorted.] I
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
Accelerator pedal posi- • Accelerator pedal position sensor
An excessively high voltage from the APP sen-
P2123 tion sensor 1 circuit high (APP sensor 1) J
sor 1 is sent to ECM.
input • Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor)
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
K
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
M
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
N
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. O
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-836, "Diagnosis Procedure". P
NO >> INSPECTION END
ABBWA0413GB
ECM Sensor K
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
15 Refrigerant pressure sensor E17 3
L
F48 33 CMP sensor (PHASE) F21 1
34 TP sensor F7 2
E58 113 APP sensor E12 4 M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. N
5.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following. O
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-892, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (Refer to EC-763, "Component Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
6.CHECK TP SENSOR
Refer to EC-665, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
ECM
(+) (–) Condition Voltage EC
Connec-
tor Terminal Terminal
>> END
J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Accelerator pedal posi- • Harness or connectors
An excessively low voltage from the APP sen-
P2127 tion sensor 2 circuit low (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
sor 2 is sent to ECM.
input [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
is shorted.]
Accelerator pedal posi- • Accelerator pedal position sensor
An excessively high voltage from the APP sen-
P2128 tion sensor 2 circuit high (APP sensor 2)
sor 2 is sent to ECM.
input • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-841, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
EC
AABWA0205GB
P
APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E12 5 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 3.
PBIA9607J
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
F48 12 CKP sensor (POS) F15 1
E58 105 APP sensor E12 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-756, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
6.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
C
APP sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E12 6 E58 106 Existed D
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK APP SENSOR F
Refer to EC-838, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. G
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY H
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Go to EC-839, "Special Repair Requirement".
I
>> INSPECTION END
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
J
Refer to EC-614, "Diagnosis Procedure".
ECM N
Connec- (+) (–) Condition Voltage
tor Terminal Terminal
O
107 99 Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V
(APP sensor (Sensor Fully de-
1 signal) ground) 3.9 - 4.7 V
Accelerator pressed
E58 JMBIA2158ZZ P
pedal Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V
106 98
(APP sensor (Sensor Fully de-
2 signal) ground) 1.95 - 2.4 V
pressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
>> END
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
G
• Harness or connector
(TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
(APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) H
[Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) cir-
cuit is shorted.]
Throttle position sensor Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
P2135 circuit range/perfor- compared with the signals from TP sensor 1 I
shorted.)
mance and TP sensor 2.
• Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1)
J
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
K
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at L
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. M
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE N
1. Start engine and keep the engine speed 2,000 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
O
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-846, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
P
ABBWA0415GB
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
K
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
15 Refrigerant pressure sensor E17 3
L
F48 33 CMP sensor (PHASE) F21 1
34 TP sensor F7 2
M
E58 113 APP sensor E12 4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. N
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK COMPONENTS
O
Check the following.
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-892, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (Refer to EC-763, "Component Inspection".)
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-838, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
C
ECM
(+) (–) Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal D
More than
71 52 Fully released
0.36 V
(TP sensor (Sensor
1 signal) ground) Fully de- Less than E
Accelerator pressed 4.75 V JMBIA2137ZZ
F48
pedal Less than
72 52 Fully released
4.75 V
(TP sensor (Sensor F
2 signal) ground) Fully de- More than
pressed 0.36 V
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR H
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Go to EC-849, "Special Repair Requirement".
I
>> INSPECTION END
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000006030018 J
>> END
L
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connector
(APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
is shorted.)
[Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) cir-
cuit is shorted.]
Accelerator pedal posi- Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
P2138 tion sensor circuit range/ compared with the signals from APP sensor 1 shorted.)
performance and APP sensor 2. (TP sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1 and 2)
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor)
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-851, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
EC
ABBWA0416GB
P
APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E12 4 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 3.
PBIA9606J
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
15 Refrigerant pressure sensor E17 3
F48 33 CMP sensor (PHASE) F21 1
34 TP sensor F7 2
E58 113 APP sensor E12 4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-892, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (Refer to EC-763, "Component Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
6.CHECK TP SENSOR
Refer to EC-665, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
ECM Sensor L
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
F48 12 CKP sensor (POS) F15 1
M
E58 105 APP sensor E12 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11. N
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
11.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
O
Refer to EC-756, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14. P
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
12.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector as follows.
ECM
(+) (–) Condition Voltage EC
Connec-
tor Terminal Terminal
>> END
J
JMBIA2081ZZ
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
As improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
Sub fuel control solenoid valve
P3021 through the sub fuel control solenoid
circuit open
valve.
• Harness or connectors
As excessively high voltage signal is sent
Sub fuel control solenoid valve (The sub fuel control solenoid valve cir-
P3022 to ECM through the sub fuel control sole-
circuit high input cuit is open or shorted.)
noid valve.
• Sub fuel control solenoid valve
As excessively low voltage signal is sent
Sub fuel control solenoid valve
P3023 to ECM through the sub fuel control sole-
circuit low input
noid valve.
EC
ABBWA0417GB
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK SUB FUEL PUMP RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT OR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between sub fuel control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
Sub fuel pump relay ON/OFF is controlled by ECM.ECM controls sub fuel pump relay according to ethanol
density and engine coolant temperature, and activates sub fuel pump.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006030031
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
P3075 Sub fuel pump relay circuit open
through the sub fuel pump
• Harness or connectors
Sub fuel pump relay circuit low An excessively low voltage signal is sent (The sub fuel pump relay circuit is open
P3077
input to ECM through the sub fuel pump or shorted.)
• Sub fuel pump relay
Sub fuel pump relay circuit high An excessively high voltage signal is sent
P3078
input to ECM through the sub fuel pump
EC
ABBWA0418GB
P
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK SUB FUEL PUMP RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT OR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between sub fuel pump relay harness connector and ECM harness connector.
When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON.
ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal).
Refer to EC-553, "System Description" for the ASCD function.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006030036
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
as per the following.
ECM
(+) (–)
Con- Condition Voltage
nector Termi-
Terminal
nal
Slightly
94 Brake pedal (A/T) Approx. 0 V
depressed
E58 (ASCD brake 121 Brake pedal and
switch signal) clutch pedal (M/T) Fully re- Battery JMBIA2147ZZ
leased voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-865, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC
ABBWA0419GB
P
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
1. Adjust ASCD clutch switch installation. Refer to CL-6, "On-vehicle Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals
E
under the following conditions.
ASCD indicator lamp illuminates to indicate ASCD operation status. Lamp has two indicators, CRUISE and
SET, and is integrated in combination meter.
CRUISE lamp illuminates when MAIN switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON to indicated that ASCD
system is ready for operation.
SET lamp illuminates when following conditions are met.
• CRUISE lamp is illuminated.
• SET/COAST switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of ASCD
setting.
SET lamp remains lit during ASCD control.
Refer to EC-553, "System Description" for the ASCD function.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006030042
EC
AABWA0217GB
P
1.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC U1000 or U1001 is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
Cooling fan operates at each speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor as follows. EC
Refer to EC-562, "System Diagram" for cooling fan operation.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006030046
C
1.CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
D
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III and touch “LOW” on the CON-
SULT-III screen.
3. Make sure that cooling fans operates at low speed. E
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch ON. F
3. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. G
NO >> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit.
2.CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED FUNCTION
H
With CONSULT-III
1. Touch “HI” on the CONSULT-III screen.
2. Make sure that cooling fans operates at higher speed than low speed.
I
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
3. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. J
4. Connect 150 Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
5. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at higher speed than low speed.
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit.
L
AABWA0199GB
EC
AABWA0200GB
IPDM E/R
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E44 22 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
PBIB2067E
IPDM E/R
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
E46 39
Ground Existed
E48 59
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (Models with A/C)>>GO TO 4.
YES (Models without A/C)>>GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan motor harness connector.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor harness connector and ground.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
EC
Cooling fan motor
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
E3 2 Ground Existed C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. D
Terminals
(+) (-)
Cooling fan motor 1 2
Cooling fan motor should operate.
If NG, replace cooling fan motor.
SEF888V
Terminals
Speed
(+) (−)
1 4
Low
Cooling fan motor 2 3
High 1 and 2 3 and 4 SEF734W
The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred EC
through the CAN communication line from BCM to ECM via IPDM E/R.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006030051
C
1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. D
3. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indication under the following conditions.
1.INSPECTION START O
Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (rear window defogger, headlamp or heater fan). Refer to EC-879, "Compo-
nent Function Check".
Which circuit is related to the incident? P
Rear window defogger>>GO TO 2.
Headlamp>>GO TO 3.
Heater fan>>GO TO 4.
2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
Refer to GW-54, "Work Flow".
EC
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Fuel pump relay
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel pump control ↓ C
Battery Battery voltage* Fuel pump
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine D
startability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows
that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when
the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging,
E
thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump
relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
BBIA0712E
ABBWA0423GB
ECM
(+) (−) Ground Voltage EC
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F48 78 E58 121 Ground Battery voltage
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. JMBIA2159ZZ
NO >> GO TO 2. D
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. E
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector.
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect "fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump" harness con-
nector (1).
L
- : Vehicle front
- Illustration shows the view with rear seat removed.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
M
BBIA0702E
Terminals Resistance J
1 and 3 0.2 - 5.0 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.
L
SEC918C
SAT652J
EC
ABBWA0424GB
P
ABBWA0425GB
1.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC U1000 or U1001 is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-621, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PBIB2962E
PBIB1588E
PBIB1589E
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an EC
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent
to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.
C
E
PBIB2657E
F
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006030065
ECM ECM
Voltage I
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
37
F48 (Refrigerant pressure sensor F48 18 1.0 - 4.0 V
J
signal)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END JMBIA2162ZZ
K
NO >> Go to EC-892, "Diagnosis Procedure".
AABWA0215GB
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
4.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
I
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
J
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
K
E17 1 F48 18 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART M
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
O
6.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and refrigerant pressure sensor harness connec-
tor. P
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-614, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
NO >> Repair or replace.
Sub fuel pump is installed on sub fuel tank. When ethanol density in fuel tank is high, ECM activates sub fuel EC
pump and supplies fuel in sub tank (gasoline) to engine so that cold start ability is improved. ECM does not
directly activate sub fuel pump. When engine starts cold, ECM turns ON/OFF sub fuel pump relay and controls
sub fuel pump.
C
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006030069
ABBWA0427GB
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G
3.CHECK SUB FUEL PUMP RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT OR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
H
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between sub fuel pump relay harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ECU DIAGNOSIS A
ECM
Reference Value INFOID:0000000006401737
EC
TERMINAL LAYOUT M
MBIB0045E
P
PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE:
• ECM is located near the battery in the engine room.
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ -– Signal name
Output
0 - 14 V
JMBIA0512GB
0 - 14 V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• For 10 second after turning
ignition switch ON
3 121
Throttle control motor (Close) Output • Engine stopped
(P) (B)
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully re-
leased
JMBIA0512GB
5
— ECM ground — — —
(B)
1.0 - 4.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JMBIA0515GB
9 0 - 4.0 V
Ignition signal No. 3
(SB)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
10 NOTE:
Ignition signal No. 1 The pulse cycle changes de-
(R)
pending on rpm at idle
JMBIA0516GB
121
28 Output
(B) Ignition signal No. 2
(LG) 0 - 4.0 V
[Engine is running]
29 • Warm-up condition
Ignition signal No. 4 • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
(G)
JMBIA0517GB
12 121
Sensor power supply C
[Crankshaft position sensor — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(BR) (B)
(POS)]
15 121 Sensor power supply D
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(W) (B) (Refrigerant pressure sensor)
18 Sensor ground
— — — —
(BR) (Refrigerant pressure sensor)
E
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5 V
• A few seconds after turning
20 121 ECM relay ignition switch OFF F
Output
(P) (B) (Self shut-off) [Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds af- BATTERY VOLTAGE
ter turning ignition switch (11 - 14 V) G
OFF
21 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Fuel injector No. 4
(V) (11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running] H
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
23 NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 2 The pulse cycle changes de-
I
(O)
pending on rpm at idle
121
JMBIA0089GB
J
59 Output
(B) Fuel injector No. 1
(L) BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
K
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
60 • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Fuel injector No. 3 L
(Y)
JMBIA0090GB
M
0 - 1.5 V
↓
22 121 [Ignition switch: ON → OFF]
Throttle control motor relay Output BATTERY VOLTAGE
(Y) (B) (11 - 14 V) N
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V
1.0 - 4.0
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
JMBIA0519GB
0 - 14 V
[Engine is running]
39 121 • Warm-up condition
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater Output
(G) (B)
JMBIA0520GB
[Engine is running] C
• Idle speed
D
42 121 EVAP canister purge volume JMBIA0087GB
Output
(P) (B) control solenoid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
E
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: About 2,000
rpm (More than 100 seconds F
after starting engine.)
JMBIA0521GB
G
[Engine is running] 0 - 14 V
• After the following conditions
H
are met
- Engine: after warming up
- Keeping the engine speed
between 3,500 and 4,000 I
43 121 rpm for 1 minute and at idle
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater Output for 1 minute under no load
(G) (B) JMBIA0520GB
0 - 14 V
62 121 Intake valve timing control sole-
Output
(P) (B) noid valve [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000rpm
JMBIA0522GB
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC
ABBWA0386GB
P
ABBWA0387GB
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
A
×:Applicable —: Not applicable
DTC*1 Items
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
SRT code Trip MIL Reference page EC
CONSULT-III ECM*2
U1000 1000*3 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — 2 — EC-620
DTC*1 Items
SRT code Trip MIL Reference page
CONSULT-III 2 (CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*
P0262 0262 CYLINDER 1 INJECTOR — 2 × EC-724
P0264 0264 CYLINDER 2 INJECTOR — 2 × EC-728
P0265 0265 CYLINDER 2 INJECTOR — 2 × EC-728
P0267 0267 CYLINDER 3 INJECTOR — 2 × EC-732
P0268 0268 CYLINDER 3 INJECTOR — 2 × EC-732
P0270 0270 CYLINDER 4 INJECTOR — 2 × EC-736
P0271 0271 CYLINDER 4 INJECTOR — 2 × EC-736
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE — 2 × EC-745
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE — 2 × EC-745
P0302 0302 CYL 2 MISFIRE — 2 × EC-745
P0303 0303 CYL 3 MISFIRE — 2 × EC-745
P0304 0304 CYL 4 MISFIRE — 2 × EC-745
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — EC-750
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × EC-753
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 × EC-758
P0351 0351 IGNITION COIL A — 2 × EC-764
P0352 0352 IGNITION COIL B — 2 × EC-764
P0353 0353 IGNITION COIL C — 2 × EC-764
P0354 0354 IGNITION COIL D — 2 × EC-764
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 × 2 × EC-772
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × EC-776
P0445 0445 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × EC-776
P0461 0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR — 2 — EC-780
P0462 0462 FUEL LEVEL SEN/CIRC — 2 — EC-782
P0463 0463 FUEL LEVEL SEN/CIRC — 2 — EC-782
P0464 0464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR — 2 — EC-782
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-783
P0562 0562 SYSTEM VOLTAGE — 1 or 2 — EC-785
P0563 0563 SYSTEM VOLTAGE — 2 — EC-786
P0605 0605 ECM — 1 or 2 — or × EC-787
P1111 1111 INT/V TIM C/CIRC — 2 × EC-789
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP — 1 × EC-793
P1299 1299 CTP LEARNING — 1 × EC-797
P1564 1564 ASCD SW — 1 — EC-800
P1572 1572 ASCD BRAKE SW — 1 — EC-804
P1574 1574 ASCD VHL SPD SEN — 1 — EC-813
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE — 1 — BL-106
P1611 1611 ID DISCARD IMM-ECM — 1 — BL-106
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU — 1 — BL-106
P1614 1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY — 1 — BL-106
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY — 1 — BL-106
P1706 1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT — 2 × EC-815
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT — 1 — EC-820
DTC*1 Items
SRT code Trip MIL Reference page A
CONSULT-III 2 (CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*
P2100 2100 ETC MOT PWR-B1 — 1 × EC-824
P2101 2101 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-827 EC
P2103 2103 ETC MOT PWR — 1 × EC-824
P2109 2109 CTP LEARNING — 1 × EC-832
C
P2119 2119 ETC ACTR-B1 — 1 × EC-833
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × EC-835
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × EC-835 D
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × EC-840
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × EC-840
E
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 — 1 × EC-845
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR — 1 × EC-850
P3021 3021 SUB FUEL CONT SOL/V — 2 — EC-856 F
P3022 3022 SUB FUEL CONT SOL/V — 2 — EC-856
P3023 3023 SUB FUEL CONT SOL/V — 2 — EC-856
P3075 3075 SUB FUEL CONT SOL/V — 2 — EC-860 G
P3077 3077 SUB FUEL CONT SOL/V — 2 — EC-860
P3078 3078 SUB FUEL CONT SOL/V — 2 — EC-860 H
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*3: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III. I
*4: When engine is running, MIL may flash. For details, refer toEC-585, "Diagnosis Description"
PBIB3651E
• The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving
habits, etc.
Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the short-
est.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within
zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
Revision: June 2010 EC-916 2011 Tiida GOM
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [MR18DE (FFV)]
• Sea level
• Flat road A
• Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagno-
EC
sis may also be performed.
Pattern 1:
• The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 46 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V). C
• The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C
(158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 46 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
• The engine is started at the fuel tank temperature of warmer than 0°C (32°F) (where the voltage D
between the ECM terminal 95 and ground is less than 4.1V).
Pattern 2:
• When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted.
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended. E
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. F
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored. G
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and
Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen.
The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the
ECM. (e.g., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed) H
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000006030078
SYMPTOM
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
SYMPTOM
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Fuel Fuel tank FL-10
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-182
Vapor lock —
5
Valve deposit —
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
—
Low octane)
Air Air duct EM-162
Air cleaner EM-162
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — electric EM-162
5 5 5 5 5 5
throttle control actuator)
5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control actuator EM-165
Air leakage from intake manifold/
EM-165
Collector/Gasket
Cranking Battery SC-4
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Generator circuit SC-28
Starter circuit 3 SC-8
1
Signal plate 6 EM-230
MT-56or
PNP signal 4
AT-92
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-214
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-230
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
Valve Timing chain EM-187
mecha-
Camshaft EM-197
nism
Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-187
Intake valve
3 EM-214
Exhaust valve
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
Thermostat 5 CO-34
Water pump CO-32 J
Water gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 CO-21
Cooling fan CO-31
Coolant level (Low)/Contaminat- 5 K
CO-23
ed coolant
NATS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System) 1 1 BL-210
L
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT EC
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000006030080
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING: D
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. E
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
F
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
G
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Igni- H
tion ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the I
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000006030081
J
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYS-
K
TEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. L
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mech-
anism is adopted on the key cylinder. M
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation. N
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Connect both battery cables. O
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
2. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released. P
3. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
4. Perform the necessary repair operation.
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield.
PIIB3706J
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MIL to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-63, "Description".
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system,
etc.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
General Precautions INFOID:0000000006030084
D
JMBIA0259ZZ
SAT652J
SEF348N
SEF709Y
PREPARATION A
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000006030085
EC
Tool number
Description C
Tool name
KV10118400 Measuring fuel pressure
Fuel tube adapter
D
E
PBIB3043E
I
S-NT705
N
S-NT779
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR
FUEL PRESSURE
Inspection INFOID:0000000006030087
PBIB2958E
D
6. If result is unsatisfactory, check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
If OK, Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”.
If NG, Repair or replace.
E
1. Visually inspect EVAP vapor lines for improper attachment and for cracks, damage, loose connections,
chafing and deterioration.
2. Check EVAP canister as follows:
a. Block port (B).
b. Blow air into port (A) and check that it flows freely out of port (C).
c. Release blocked port (B).
d. Apply vacuum pressure to port (B) and check that vacuum pres-
sure exists at the ports (A) and (C).
e. Block port (A) and (B).
f. Apply pressure to port (C) and check that there is no leakage.
PBIB2961E
3. Visually inspect the fuel check valve for cracks, damage, loose connections chafing and deterioration.
4. Check fuel check valve as follows:
a. Blow air through connector on the fuel tank side. A considerable
resistance should be felt and a portion of air flow should be
directed toward the EVAP canister side.
b. Blow air through connector on EVAP canister side. Air flow
should be smoothly directed toward fuel tank side.
c. If fuel check valve is suspected or not properly functioning in
step 1 and 2 above, replace it.
SEF552Y
5. Inspect fuel tank filler cap vacuum relief valve for clogging, stick-
ing, etc.
a. Wipe clean valve housing.
SEF989X
SEF943S
F
Specification
Transmission Condition
E22 (Gasoline) E100 (Ethanol)
G
A/T No load* (in P or N position) 3 ± 5° BTDC 7 ± 5° BTDC
M/T No load* (in Neutral position) 3 ± 5° BTDC 7 ± 5° BTDC
*: Under the following conditions H
• A/C switch: OFF
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position I